Owner’s Manual
2020 CIVIC
Coupe
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
3
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
.
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 0 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop
100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
NOTICE
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 1 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 33
For Safe Driving P. 34 Seat Belts P. 38 Airbags P. 46
2 Instrument Panel P. 75
Indicators P. 76 Gauges and Driver Information Interface P. 110
2 Controls P. 133
Clock P. 134 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 136
Moonroof
*
P. 159
Adjusting the Seats P. 181
2 Features P. 211
Audio System P. 212 Audio System Basic Operation P. 219, 237
Customized Features P. 328, 335 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
P. 362
2 Driving P. 425
Before Driving P. 426 Towing a Trailer P. 431
Parking Your Vehicle P. 532 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 534
2 Maintenance P. 541
Before Performing Maintenance P. 542 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 545
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 575
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 592
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 601
Tools P. 602 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 603
Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 629 Overheating P. 630
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 643
2 Information P. 647
Specifications P. 648 Identification Numbers P. 652
Emissions Testing P. 655 Warranty Coverages P. 657
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 2 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Contents
Child Safety P. 60 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 73 Safety Labels P. 74
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 150 Security System P. 153 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 156
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 160 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 178
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 190 Climate Control System P. 202
Audio Error Messages P. 307 General Information on the Audio System P. 310
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 365, 391
When Driving P. 432 Honda Sensing® P. 465 Braking P. 524
Refueling P. 536 Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 539 Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
P. 540
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 551 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 566
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 578 Battery P. 588 Remote Transmitter Care P. 590
Cleaning P. 593 Accessories and Modifications P. 598
Handling of the Jack P. 622 Engine Does Not Start P. 623 Jump Starting P. 626
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 632 Fuses P. 638 Emergency Towing P. 642
When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 644 Refueling P. 645
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 653 Reporting Safety Defects P. 654
Authorized Manuals P. 659 Customer Service Information P. 660
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 33
Instrument Panel
P. 75
Controls
P. 133
Features
P. 211
Driving
P. 425
Maintenance
P. 541
Handling the Unexpected
P. 601
Information
P. 647
Index
P. 661
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 3 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙
Ignition Switch
*
(P160)
❙
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1
(P161)
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
❙
System Indicators
(P76)
❙
Gauges
(P110)
❙
Navigation System
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Audio System
(P219, 237)
❙
Hazard Warning Button
❙
Rear Defogger
(P175)
❙
Heated Door Mirror Button
*
(P175)
❙
Climate Control System
(P202)
❙
Seat Heater Buttons
*
(P201)
❙
Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P177)
❙
Driver Information Interface
(P112)
❙
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
(P472)
❙
(Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
System OFF) Button
(P455)
❙
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Button
(P518)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 4 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Headlights/Turn Signals
(P165)
❙
(TRIP) Knob
(P115)
❙
Brightness Control
(P176)
❙
LaneWatch
TM*
(P463)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P169)
❙
Wipers/Washers
(P173)
❙
(Display/Information) Button
(P113)
❙
Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
*
(P262)
,
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Voice Control Buttons
(P365, 391)
❙
ENTER Button
(P113, 216)
❙
/ / / Buttons
(P113, 216)
3
4
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift down)
*
(P447)
❙
MAIN Button
(P466, 479, 495, 511)
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift up)
*
(P447)
❙
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow Buttons
*
(P479)
❙
Horn (Press an area around .)
❙
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
(P511)
❙
Interval Button
(P503)
❙
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons
*
(P495)
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 5 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Door Mirror Controls
(P180)
❙
Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P49)
❙
Rearview Mirror
(P178)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P196)
❙
Hood Release Handle
(P553)
❙
Trunk Opener
(P150)
❙
Power Door Lock Master Switch
(P148)
❙
Power Window Switches
(P156)
❙
Interior Fuse Box
(P639)
❙
Driver’s Front Airbag
(P49)
❙
USB Port
(P213)
❙
ECON Button
*
(P452)
❙
Electric Parking Brake Switch
(P524)
❙
Automatic Brake Hold Button
(P527)
❙
USB Port
*
(P213)
❙
Wireless Charger
*
(P197)
❙
Glove Box
(P192)
❙
SPORT Button
*
(P451)
❙
Shift Lever
Continuously Variable
Transmission
*
(P442, 444)
Manual Transmission
*
(P448)
❙
HomeLink® Buttons
*
(P363)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 6 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat
(P69)
❙
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)
(P67)
❙
Moonroof Switch
*
(P159)
❙
Front Seat
(P181)
❙
Seat Belts
(P38)
❙
Side Airbags
(P53)
❙
Rear Seat
(P184)
❙
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat
(P65)
❙
Side Curtain Airbags
(P55)
❙
Coat Hook
(P200)
❙
Sun Visors
❙
Vanity Mirrors
❙
Map Lights
(P191)
❙
Grab Handle
❙
Ceiling Light
(P190)
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 7 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Maintenance Under the Hood
(P551)
❙
Windshield Wipers
(P173, 575)
❙
Tires
(P578, 603)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P169, 568)
❙
Power Door Mirrors
(P180)
❙
How to Refuel
(P537)
❙
High-Mount Brake Light
(P574)
❙
Emergency Trunk Release Lever
(P152)
❙
Opening/Closing the Trunk
(P150)
❙
Multi-View Rear Camera
(P534)
❙
Door Lock/Unlock Control
(P139)
❙
Side Turn Signal Lights
*
(P165, 572)
❙
Headlights
(P166, 566)
❙
Front Turn Signal Lights
(P165, 570)
❙
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
(P165, 169, 572)
❙
Front Side Marker Lights
(P166, 571)
❙
Taillight
(P574)
❙
Back-Up Lights
(P573)
❙
Brake Lights
(P573)
❙
Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P573)
❙
Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights
(P573)
❙
Trunk Release Button
*
(P151)
❙
License Plate Light
(P574)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 8 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
9
Quick Reference Guide
Eco Assist® System
*
(P 452)
Ambient Meter
● The color of the ambient meter changes
to green to indicate that the vehicle is
being driven in a fuel efficient manner.
ECON Button
(P 452)
Helps maximize fuel economy.
ECON Mode Indicator
(P 88)
Comes on when the ECON button is pressed.
The message is displayed for a few seconds when the
ECON button is pressed.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 9 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P 33)
Airbags
(P 46)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P 60)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P 73)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P 37)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P 38)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 10 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P 75)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®) System
Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®) OFF
Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
*
Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Tachometer
Speedometer Fuel Gauge
Low Fuel Indicator
ECON Mode
Indicator
*
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
System Indicators
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
U.S.
Canada
Temperature Gauge
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator
*
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow
*
Indicator (Amber/
Green)
System Message
Indicator
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
Indicator (Amber/
Green)
SPORT Mode
Indicator
*
Ambient Meter
*
/
Shift Up Backlight
*
Gauges
(P 110)
/Driver Information Interface
(P 112)
/System Indicators
(P 76)
Shift Lever Position Indicator
*
/Transmission System Indicator
*
M (7-speed manual shift mode)
Indicator/Shift Indicator
*
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator/Security
System Alarm Indicator
Shift Up Indicator
*
Shift Down Indicator
*
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 11 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P 133)
Clock
(P 134)
a
Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK
button.
b
Rotate to change hour, then press
.
c
Rotate to change minute, then
press .
d
Select SET, then press .
These indications are used to show how to
operate the LIST/SELECT (List/Selector) knob.
•
Rotate to select.
•
Press to enter.
Models with color audio system
a
Press the (HOME) button, then
select Settings.
b
Select Clock, then Clock Adjustment.
c
Touch the respective / icon to
adjust the hours or minutes up or
down.
d
Select OK.
The audio system receives signals from GPS
satellites, updating the clock automatically.
Models with Display Audio
3
4
Models with navigation system
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
*
(P 161)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 12 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Turn Signals
(P 165)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Lights
(P 166)
Light Control Switches
Models without default AUTO position switch
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Models with default AUTO position switch
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wipers and Washers
(P 173)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
● Cleaning the windshield
● Driving through a car wash
● No rain present
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
*
(-: Low sensitivity
*1
(- : Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
(+: High sensitivity
*1
(+ : Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 13 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Steering Wheel
(P 177)
To adjust, pull the adjustment lever up,
adjust to the desired position, then push
down the lever back in place.
Unlocking the Doors
from the Inside
(P 147)
Pull either door inner handle to unlock and
open it at the same time.
To adjust
To lock
Trunk
(P 150)
● To unlock and open the trunk:
• Press the trunk opener on the driver’s
door.
• Press the trunk release button on the
remote transmitter or the smart entry
remote.
• Press the trunk release button
*
on the
trunk lid.
Power Door Mirrors
(P 180)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w
*1
, move
the selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Trunk Opener
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Power Windows
(P 156)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w
*1
, open
and close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, the passenger’s window can
be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), the
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
*1:Models with the smart entry system have
an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Power Window Lock Button
Window
Switch
Indicator
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 14 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
(P202)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Models with color audio system
Fan Control Dial
(Windshield Defroster) Button
Temperature Control Dial
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
(Recirculation) Button
(Mode Control) Button
(On/Off) Button
AUTO Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 15 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Models with Display Audio
Models without SYNC button
Fan Control Dial
(Windshield Defroster) Button
Temperature Control Dial
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
(Recirculation) Button
(CLIMATE) Button
(Fresh Air) Button
(On/Off) Button
AUTO Button
Audio/Information Screen
MODE Control Icon
A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
Fan Control Icon
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 16 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Models with Display Audio
Models with SYNC button
Passenger Side Temperature
Control Dial
(Windshield Defroster) Button
Driver Side Temperature
Control Dial
(Recirculation) Button
(CLIMATE) Button
(On/Off) Button
AUTO Button
Audio/Information Screen
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
MODE Control Icon
A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
Fan Control Icon
Fan Control Buttons
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 17 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Features
(P 211)
Audio Remote Controls
(P 216)
●
(+ / (- Bar
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● / Button
Press or to cycle through the audio
mode as follows:
FM AM USB iPod Bluetooth® Audio
FM AM SiriusXM®
*
USB iPod
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®
*
Apps
ENTER Button
/ / / Button
3
4
(+ / (- Bar
Button
3
4
3
4
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
● ENTER Button
• When listening to the radio and
SiriusXM®
*
a
Press ENTER to switch the display to a
preset list you stored in the preset
buttons.
b
Press or to select a preset, then
press ENTER.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
a
Press ENTER to display the folder list.
b
Press or to select a folder.
c
Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in
that folder.
d
Press or to select a track, then
press ENTER.
Models with Display Audio
3
4
3
4
3
4
• When listening to an iPod
a
Press ENTER to display the iPod music
list.
b
Press or to select a category.
c
Press ENTER to display a list of items in
the category.
d
Press or to select an item, then
press ENTER.
u Press ENTER and press or
repeatedly until a desired item you
want to listen to is displayed.
• When listening to Internet Radio
*
a
Press ENTER to display the station list.
b
Press or to select an item, then
press ENTER.
• When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
a
Press ENTER to display the track list.
b
Press or to select a track, then
press ENTER.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 18 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
19
Quick Reference Guide
● / Button
● Button
Press to change contents.
2 Driver Information Interface (P112)
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 19 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Audio system
(P 212)
(P 219)
Models with color audio system
(Seek/Skip) Button
RADIO Button
Driver Information Interface
(Day/Night) Button
MEDIA Button
Preset Buttons (1-6)
(Seek/Skip) Button
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Audio/Information Screen
(Back) Button
(Sound) Button
MENU/CLOCK Button
LIST/SELECT (List/Selector) Knob
(Phone) Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 20 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
21
Quick Reference Guide
(P 237)
For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
Models with Display Audio
(Map) Button
*
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/
Power Audio) Knob
(Home) Button
(Back) Button
Audio/Information Screen
(Audio) Button
Driver Information Interface
(Instrument Panel) Icon
(Day/Night) Button
*
(Phone) Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 21 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P 425)
M Indicator
Shift Indicator
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive (S)
● Better acceleration.
● Increased engine braking.
● Going up or down hills.
● On models with paddle
shifter, 7-speed manual
shift mode can be used.
Models without
paddle shifter
Models with
paddle shifter
Depress the brake pedal
and press the release button
to move out of
(P.
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.
Reverse
Used when reversing.
Drive
● Normal driving.
● On models with paddle
shifter, 7-speed mode can
be used temporarily.
Low
*
● Further increased engine
braking.
● Going up or down hills.
Shift Down
(-
Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter
7-Speed Manual Shift
Mode
*
(P446)
● Allows you to manually shift
the transmission up or down
without removing your hands
from the steering wheel.
When the shift lever is in (S
● Pulling a paddle shifter
changes the mode from
continuously variable
transmission to 7-speed manual
shift mode.
● The M indicator and the
selected speed number are
displayed in the shift indicator.
When the shift lever is in (D
● Pulling a paddle shifter
temporarily changes the mode
from continuously variable
transmission to 7-speed manual
shift mode. The selected speed
number is displayed in the shift
indicator.
Manual Transmission
*
(P 448)
Continuously Variable Transmission
*
(P 442, 444)
●
Shift to
(P
and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
● Shifting
Release
Button
Shift Lever
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 22 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
23
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® On and Off
(P 455)
● The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.
CMBS
TM
On and Off
*
(P 472)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you
start the engine.
● To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P 457)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you start the engine.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 23 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
24
Quick Reference Guide
Refueling
(P 536)
Fuel recommendation:
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or
higher
Fuel tank capacity: 12.39 US gal (46.9 L)
Models without SPORT mode
Models with SPORT mode
a
Unlock the driver’s
door.
2 Locking/Unlocking
the Doors from
the Inside
(P 146)
b
Press on the edge of
the fuel fill door to
make it pop up
slightly.
c
After refueling, wait
for about five
seconds before
removing the filler
nozzle.
Wait for five seconds
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 24 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
25
Quick Reference Guide
Honda Sensing®
(P 465)
Honda Sensing® is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located in the lower bumper and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side
of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
Front Sensor Camera
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is in
the lower bumper.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
(P 468)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as
to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
(P 478)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to
keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)
*
(P 494)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours, without you
having to keep your foot on the brake or
the accelerator.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P 509)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P 517)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 25 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
26
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P 541)
Under the Hood
(P 551)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add
when necessary.
● Check brake/clutch
*
fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, pull it up, and then raise the hood.
Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.
c
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in
place.
Lights
(P 566)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades
(P 575)
● Replace blades if they leave
streaks across the windshield.
Tires
(P 578)
● Inspect tires and wheels
regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 26 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Quick Reference Guide
27
Handling the Unexpected
(P 601)
Flat Tire
(P 603, 610)
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire
*
in
the trunk, or repair the flat tire using the
tire repair kit
*
.
Indicators Come On
(P 632)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.
Engine Won’t Start
(P 623)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P 638)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P 630)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P 642)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 27 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
28
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
*1:Except U.S. models with continuously variable transmission
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(0 to (q.
Why?
The power mode does not
change from VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) to ACCESSORY.
Why?
The steering wheel may be locked.
●
Try to turn the steering wheel left and right
while turning the ignition key.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right after pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(q
to
(0
and
I cannot remove the key.
Why?
The power mode does not
change from ACCESSORY
to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Why?
The shift lever should be moved to
(P
.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
*1
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 28 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
29
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P 530)
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The exterior lights are left on.
●
The key is left in the ignition switch.
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto
door lock operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®) (P 141)
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 29 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
30
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If
you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate
the system.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P 457)
Pressing the electric
parking brake switch does
not release the parking
brake. Why?
Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Check if the transmission is in
(P
or
(N
. If so, select any other
position.
U.S. models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 30 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
31
Quick Reference Guide
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or lower on
this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number of 91 or higher
is recommended.
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
Models with SPORT mode
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 31 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
32
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 32 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
33
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 34
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 36
Safety Checklist ................................. 37
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 38
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 42
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 45
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 46
Types of Airbags ................................ 49
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 49
Side Airbags ...................................... 53
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 55
Airbag System Indicators.................... 57
Airbag Care ....................................... 59
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 60
Safety of Infants and Small Children.......62
Safety of Larger Children ................... 71
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 73
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 74
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 33 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
34
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 34 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
35
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the
climate control system can shut off at any time.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 35 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
36
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
7
99
8
8
10
10
6
7
11
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 36 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
37
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure both doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 146
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 181
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 187
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 60
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
the driver information interface, a door and/or the
trunk is not completely closed. Close both doors and
the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 94
Models without SPORT mode
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 37 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
38
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body.
The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 67
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 38 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
39
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 39 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
40
Safe Driving
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
and
a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound
and the indicator will blink. After a few
seconds, the beeper will stop and the
indicator will come on and remain illuminated
until the seat belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the seat belt is fastened.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound. The indicator also may not come on and the
beeper may not sound when the occupant is not
heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such
occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should
be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag
likely will injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 60
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 40 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
41
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 41 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
42
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 181
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 42 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
43
uuSeat Belts uFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 43 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
44
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 44 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
45
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 45 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
46
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 46 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
47
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Continued
Safe Driving
The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
c
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
d
An electronic control unit that, when the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
, continually
monitors information about the various
impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors,
rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat
belt tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
e
Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
f
A driver’s seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
g
Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
h
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
i
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
j
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
k
A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 47 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
48
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 48 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
49
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON
(w
*1
.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help to reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 49 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
50
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 50 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
51
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Continued
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help to save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might
occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help to reduce
the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 51 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
52
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver’s seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
•
Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•
Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•
Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•
Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
P. 58
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 594
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 52 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
53
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 53 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
54
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 54 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
55
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 55 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
56
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 56 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
57
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the driver information interface.
■ When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w
*1
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 57 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
58
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger front airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 60
If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy
and the indicator will come on.
■
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
that:
•
There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat-back.
•
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
•
The front seat or seat-back is not forced back
against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•
There is no object placed under or beside the front
passenger’s seat.
•
The occupant is sitting in an upright position and
the seat back is not excessively reclined.
•
The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
•
The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
•
There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
•
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off periodically if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible if:
•
All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
•
The seat is empty and the indicator is off.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front
seat when the indicator is on.
U.S.
Canada
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 58 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
59
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact a Honda
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda Automobile Customer Service at 1-800-
999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles, Honda Canada Customer Relations at 1-888-
9-HONDA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 59 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
60
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 60 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
61
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 74
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 61 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
62
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 46
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position:
The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 62 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
63
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations
of a rearward-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly
secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations
for the forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 63 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
64
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 64 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 65 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
66
Safe Driving
3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4. Route the tether strap over the top of the
head restraint and secure the tether strap
hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is
not twisted.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 60
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
rear center seat
Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
is not equipped with anchors of any kind. The inner
and outer anchors are spaced apart at a standard
distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance
between the two inner anchors is 15.0 inches (380
mm).
LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing.
Before seating a child, make sure that the system is
properly attached to both the lower anchors and
tether anchors.
3
WARNING
Do not use the lower inner anchors of the
outer rear seats to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat to the rear center
seat, unless the manufacturer’s instructions
for that system permit the use of inner
anchors with the stated spacing.
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 66 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 67 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
68
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 68 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
69
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position. If you have a child
restraint system that comes with a tether but
can be installed with a seat belt, the tether
may be used for additional security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
2. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward facing child seats
when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Tether
Anchorage
Points
Cover
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type in Outer
Position
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type in Outer
Position
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 69 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
70
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Straight Top Tether Type in Center
Position
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type in Center
Position
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 70 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
71
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Continued
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 71 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
72
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 72 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
73
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open both windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 73 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
74
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models
Canadian models
Reserve Tank Cap
U.S. models
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Canadian models
Air Conditioner System
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 74 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
75
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 76
Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages...................... 94
Gauges and Driver Information Interface
Gauges............................................ 110
Driver Information Interface ............. 112
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 75 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
76
Instrument Panel
Indicators
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off if the parking
brake has been released.
●
Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.
●
Comes on for about 15 seconds
when you pull the electric parking
brake switch while the ignition
switch is in LOCK
(0
*1
.
●
Stays on for about 15 seconds
when you turn the ignition switch
to LOCK
(0
*1
while the electric
parking brake is set.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 634
●
Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks P. 634
●
Blinks and the parking brake and
brake system indicator (amber) comes
on at the same time - There is a
problem with the electric parking brake
system. The parking brake may not be
set.
Avoid using the parking brake and have
your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 635
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 76 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to braking
other than the conventional brake
system.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system or the automatic brake
hold system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on while driving - Avoid using
the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 77 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the radar sensor.
●
Indicator may come on temporarily
when the Maximum Load Limit is
exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 429
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 527
Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 527
—
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 78 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 632
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts, or
after several seconds if the engine
did not start. If “readiness codes”
have not been set, it blinks five
times before it goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control system.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 655
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or
more, and wait for it to cool down. Then,
take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 633
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the battery is not
charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger
in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 632
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 79 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
80
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Shift Lever
Position
Indicator
*
●
Indicates the current shift lever
position.
2 Shifting P. 442, 444
—
Transmission
System
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Blinks if the transmission system
has a problem.
●
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
M (7-speed
manual shift
mode) Indicator/
Shift Indicator
*
●
Comes on when 7-speed manual
shift mode is applied.
2 7-Speed Manual Shift Mode P. 446
—
Shift Up
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when shifting up is
recommended.
2 Shift Up/Down Indicators P. 449
—
Shift Down
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when shifting down is
recommended.
2 Shift Up/Down Indicators P. 449
—
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 80 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you turn the ignition switch
to ON
(w
*1
.
●
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on a few seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt
- A detection error may have occurred in
the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 40
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 81 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Fuel
Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 1.8
U.S. gal/7.0 Liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem with
the fuel gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator
on, your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 530
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
• Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the auto high-beam
are met.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 170
—
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 82 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA® or hill start assist
system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 454
●
Comes on if the VSA® system is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
OFF Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 455
●
Comes on if the VSA® system is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 83 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
84
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 636
SPORT Mode
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the
SPORT button.
●
The shift up backlight remains lit
up in red as long as SPORT mode is
on.
2 SPORT Mode
*
P. 451
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 84 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
●
May come on briefly if the ignition
switch is turned to ON (w
*1
and
the vehicle is not moved within 45
seconds, to indicate the calibration
process is not yet complete.
●
Comes on and stays on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly
low.
- The system has not been
calibrated.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Stays on after the tires are inflated to
the recommended pressures - The
system needs to be calibrated.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 458
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire
*
is temporarily installed.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle
is fitted with a compact spare, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
●
Comes on if the TPMS is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
U.S.
models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 85 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
86
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
System Message
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on along with a beep
when a problem is detected. A
system message on the driver
information interface appears at
the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, press the
(display/information) button to see the
message again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the driver information interface. Take
the appropriate action for the message.
●
The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the button
is pressed.
—
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
●
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
●
Blink along with all turn signals
when you press the hazard
warning button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 570, 572,
573
—
High Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on whenever the light
switch is on, or in AUTO when the
exterior lights are on.
●
If you remove the key from the ignition
switch
*1
while the exterior lights are on, a
chime sounds when the driver’s door is
opened.
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
2 Fog Lights
*
P. 169
—
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 86 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the ignition on.
*3:Canadian models without smart entry system
*4:Canadian models with smart entry system
*5:Continuously variable transmission models
*6:Manual transmission models
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Blinks if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Turn
the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
, pull the
key out
*2
, and then insert the key and turn it
to ON (w
*1
again.
Indicator
*3, *5
*3, *6
*3
*4, *5
*4, *6
*4, *5
*4, *6
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 87 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Blinks if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
—
Security System
Alarm Indicator
●
Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 153
—
ECON Mode
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the
ECON button.
2 ECON Mode
*
P. 452
Road Departure
Mitigation
(RDM) Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on if the RDM is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Indicator
Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 88 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with
a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message come back on
after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
●
Indicator may come on
temporarily when the Maximum
Load Limit is exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 429
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 89 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow
*
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on if the ACC with Low
Speed Follow
*
is deactivated
temporarily after the battery has
been disconnected, then re-
connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
.
●
Indicator may come on
temporarily when the Maximum
Load Limit is exceeded.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
has
been automatically canceled.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 429
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow
*
Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
—
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 90 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you turn the ignition switch
to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 509
—
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 91 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
92
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
the CMBS
TM
. A driver information
interface message appears for five
seconds.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the
CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 468
●
Comes on if the CMBS
TM
is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 92 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with
a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using
a soft cloth. Indicator may take some time to
go off after the radar sensor is cleaned.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
you clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 468
2 Radar Sensor P. 523
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The
system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBS
TM
.
●
Indicator may come on
temporarily when the Maximum
Load Limit is exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 429
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 93 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
94
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (display/information) button to see the message
again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if either door or the trunk is not completely
closed.
●
Appears if either door or the trunk is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.
●
Goes off when both doors and the trunk are closed.
●
Appears when the washer fluid gets low.
●
Refill the washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 565
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due
soon.
●
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver
Information Interface P. 547
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the battery.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the Battery P. 588
●
Appears along with the battery charging system
indicator when the battery is not charging.
●
Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to
reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 632
●
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 630
Canadian models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 94 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
95
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
without fastening the driver’s seat belt.
●
Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
●
Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 527
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 527
Continuously
variable transmission
models
Manual transmission
models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 95 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
96
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the automatic brake hold is in operation.
●
Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 527
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 527
2 Parking Brake P. 524
●
Appears when the electric parking brake switch is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the electric parking brake is in operation.
●
Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Parking Brake P. 524
Continuously
variable transmission
models
Manual transmission
models
Continuously
variable transmission
models
Manual transmission
models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 96 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
97
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
has been
automatically canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition
that caused ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
to
cancel improves. Press the RES/+ button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with Low
Speed Follow
*
is in operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
has been
automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of
you is too close.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with Low
Speed Follow.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been
automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
P. 478
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
P. 478
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 97 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
98
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if the VSA® or traction control function
operates while ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
is in
operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when the vehicle in front of you starts
moving while your vehicle is stopped automatically
by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
●
Either press the RES/+ button or –/SET button, or
depress the accelerator pedal.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
●
Appears when the shift lever is moved into any
position other than (D or (S while ACC with Low
Speed Follow is in operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
shift lever is in any position other than (D or (S.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 98 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
99
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in
operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 99 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
100
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
is
canceled due to excessive high vehicle speed.
●
Reduce the speed, then reset ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high
for you to set ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
.
●
Reduce the speed, then set ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when ACC is canceled due to excessive low
vehicle speed.
●
Raise the speed, then reset ACC.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too low for
you to set ACC.
●
Raise the speed, then set ACC.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 100 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
101
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while ACC with Low Speed Follow is
in operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
2 Parking Brake P. 524
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
parking brake is applied.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
2 Parking Brake P. 524
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
Continuously
variable
transmission
models
Manual
transmission
models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 101 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
102
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the clutch pedal is applied too long
while ACC is in operation.
●
ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
vehicle is moving and the clutch pedal is depressed.
●
ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
●
Appears if ACC with Low Speed Follow is canceled
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC
with Low Speed Follow.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision
with a vehicle in front of you.
●
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 468
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
P. 478
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 494
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 102 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
103
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 509
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected line. The system
also steers the vehicle to help you remain within
your driving lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 517
●
You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only
can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a
system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA®,
ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 76
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 103 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
104
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with the auto high-
beam.
• Manually operate the headlight switch.
• If you are driving with the high beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
• Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover
and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you clean the sensor
cover.
2 Radar Sensor P. 523
2 Honda Sensing® P. 465
• Appears if the temperature inside the front sensor
camera is too high and some driver assist systems
cannot be activated.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
• Disappears - The camera has been cooled down and
the systems are activated normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
2 Honda Sensing® P. 465
2 Auto High-Beam P. 170
• Appears if the area around the front sensor camera
is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. and be prevented from
detecting a vehicle in front.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• When the front window gets dirty, stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
2 Honda Sensing® P. 465
2 Auto High-Beam P. 170
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 104 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
105
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you open the driver’s door while the
ignition key is in ACCESSORY (q.
●
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0, then remove the
key.
●
Appears when the ignition key is turned to
ACCESSORY
(q from ON (w. (The driver’s door is
closed.)
—
●
Appears when you open the driver’s door while the
ignition key is in LOCK
(0.
●
Remove the key from the ignition switch.
Models without smart entry system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 105 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
106
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears after you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
2 Starting the Engine P. 435
●
Appears when the steering wheel is locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
Models with smart entry system
Continuously
variable transmission
models
Manual transmission
models
Except U.S.
models with
continuously
variable
transmission
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 106 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
107
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP
button to turn the engine off without the shift lever
in (P.
●
Move the shift lever to (P. The power mode changes to
VEHICLE OFF.
●
Move the shift lever to (P, then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button twice.
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button P. 161
●
Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside
the vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back
inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 163
●
Appears when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak.
●
Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 590
●
Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too
weak to start the engine or the key is not within
operating range to start the engine.
A beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the smart entry remote in front of the ENGINE
START/STOP button to be touched with.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 624
Models with smart entry system
Continuously
variable transmission
models
U.S. models
Canadian models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 107 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
108
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the starter system has a problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for up to 15 seconds while pressing
the brake pedal and clutch pedal (manual transmission
only), and manually start the engine.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the
smart entry system or push button starting system.
●
Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The headlights may not be on.
When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Models with smart entry system
U.S.
Canada
Models with LED headlights
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 108 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
109
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s
door while the engine is running by remote engine
start.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
P. 437
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the adaptive
damper system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this message
appeared, your vehicle has normal damping ability
without the adaptive damper feature.
●
Appears if the drive mode cannot be changed due
to certain situations, such as a system error or
adverse driving conditions.
2 SPORT Mode
*
P. 451
Models with remote engine starter
Models with SPORT mode
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 109 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
110
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Driver Information Interface
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Temperature Gauge
1Gauges
Press the (display/information) button
repeatedly until the icon is shown on the driver
information interface. Press ENTER, then press and
hold it again. The speedometer reading and the
displayed measurements will switch between mph
and km/h.
1Tachometer
You can turn on or off the tachometer display.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 630
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 110 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
111
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuGauges
Instrument Panel
The shift up backlight blinks and the alarm
sounds when the tachometer reading
approaches the red zone.
■
Shift Up Backlight
*
/Shift Up Alarm
*
1Shift Up Backlight
*
/Shift Up Alarm
*
You can use the customized features to turn the shift
up backlight feature and the shift up alarm feature
on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 335
Shift Up Backlight
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 111 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
112
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface
The driver information interface displays the odometer, trip meter, outside
temperature, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 112 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
113
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
■ Main displays
Press the (display/information) button and press or to change the
display. Press ENTER to see detailed information.
*1:You can add the contents using the audio/information screen.
■
Switching the Display
1Switching the Display
You can edit, add, and delete the meter contents
using the audio/information screen.
2 Customizing the Meter P. 243
Models with Display Audio
(Display/
Information) Button
Press , ,
or .
Press ENTER.
Range &
Fuel
Turbo Meter
*
Navigation
*
&
Compass
*
Maintenance
Minder
TM
Audio
*
Phone
*
Speed Unit &
Disp OFF
Warning
Messages
Average
Speed &
Elapsed Time
Mail
*
Optional contents
*1
:
Models without SPORT mode
Customize
*
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 113 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
114
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
*1:You can add the contents using the audio/information screen.
(Display/
Information) Button
Press , ,
or .
Press ENTER.
Range &
Fuel
Turbo Meter
Navigation &
Compass
*
Maintenance
Minder
TM
Rev Indicators
Audio
Phone
Speed Unit &
Disp OFF
Warning
Messages
Average
Speed &
Elapsed Time
Mail
Optional contents
*1
:
Models with SPORT mode
G-Meter StopwatchAccelerator
Position/Braking
Pressure Meter
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 114 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
115
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ Trip computer
Press the (TRIP) knob to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
Odometer
Outside temperature
Trip A
Trip B
(TRIP)
Knob
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the knob.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 115 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
116
Instrument Panel
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This estimated
distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 545
■
Average Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
■
Engine Oil Life
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 116 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
117
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading by up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
Use the customized features in the driver information interface or audio/information
screen to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
When the turbo charger is producing boost,
this meter shows the boost pressure.
■
Outside Temperature
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Turbo Meter
*
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Models without SPORT mode
Models with SPORT mode
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 117 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
118
Instrument Panel
■ Compass
*
Shows the compass screen.
■ Turn-by-Turn Directions
When driving guidance is provided by the navigation system
*
or Android Auto, turn-
by-turn directions to your destination appear.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
2 Android Auto P. 303
Shows the current audio information.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 237
Shows the current mail information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 391
Shows the current phone information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 391
■
Navigation
*
■
Audio
*
■
Mail
*
■
Phone
*
1Navigation
*
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 335
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 118 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
119
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Displays the strength (G) and direction of the load that is applied to the vehicle
during driving.
Displays the brake pressure in psi when the
brake is applied.
Displays the accelerator position in degrees of
%.
■
G-Meter
*
■
Braking Pressure Meter
*
Braking Pressure Meter
■
Accelerator Position Meter
*
Accelerator Position Meter
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 119 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
120
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Light up from left to right according to engine
speed.
■
Rev Indicators
*
Rev Indicators
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 120 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
121
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Measures the lap time, and displays the previously measured times, split time and
the fastest lap time.
■ Measuring LAP Time
1. Press the ENTER button to display the lap
time measurement screen.
2. Press the ENTER button to start
measurement.
3. Press the ENTER button again to stop
measurement.
u To measure the time per lap, press the
/ button at the completion of each
lap.
u To return to the Stopwatch screen,
press the (Hang-up/back)
button.
■
Stopwatch
*
1Stopwatch
*
Be sure to use this measurement function only where
and when it is safe to do so.
Lap time is displayed from 0:00:00.00 to 9:59:59.99.
Button
ENTER Button
Button
Button
3
Button
4
(Hang-up/Back)
Button
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 121 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
122
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ Checking/Clearing history
• To check history, press the button (when
lap time is not running) to change the
display, then press the / button to
scroll through lap times.
u A maximum of 20 lap times can be
stored at a time.
• To clear the history, press and hold the /
button when lap time is not running.
• To return to the lap time measurement
screen, press the button.
• To return to the Stopwatch screen, press
the (Hang-up/back) button.
Press
Button
Press
Button
3
4
3
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 122 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
123
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Use the driver information interface to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Select the Vehicle Settings screen by pressing the button while the ignition
switch is in ON
(w, and the vehicle is at a complete stop, and the shift lever is in (P.
Select Vehicle Settings, then press the ENTER button.
■
Customized Features
Models with color audio system
1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the / button.
2 List of customizable options P. 126
2 Example of customization settings P. 130
When you customize settings, shift to
(P.
3
4
Button
Press to go to the next
display.
ENTER Button
Press to set your selection.
Button
Press to go to
Vehicle Menu
.
Button
Press to scroll upwards.
3
Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
Button
Press to scroll downwards.
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 123 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
124
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ Customization flow
Press the button.
ENTER
Vehicle Settings
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
3
4
TPMS Calibration
ENTER
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
3
4
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
3
4
Tachometer
ENTER
Forward Collision Warning Distance
3
4
3
4
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Adjust Alarm Volume
Speed/Distance Units
3
4
ENTER
Driver Assist System Setup
Meter Setup
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 124 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
125
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Exit
3
4
3
4
3
4
Maintenance Info.
Default All
3
4
ENTER
3
4
3
4
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto OFF Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
3
4
3
4
Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON
ENTER
ENTER
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Lighting Setup
Door Setup
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 125 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
126
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
TPMS
Calibration
— Calibrates the TPMS. Cancel/Calibrate
Driver Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes at which distance the CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system detects
a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of ACC
range.
ON/OFF
*1
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/Warning
Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
ON/OFF
*1
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 126 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
127
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English
*1
/Français/Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how the distance, average
fuel economy, average speed, and elapsed time of
trip A is reset.
When Refueled/IGN OFF/
Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how the distance, average
fuel economy, average speed, and elapsed time of
trip B is reset.
When Refueled/IGN OFF/
Manually Reset
*1
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the volume setting for buzzers, warnings,
turn signals, and other alerting systems.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units. mph∙miles
*1
/km/h∙km
Tachometer
Selects whether the tachometer comes on the driver
information interface.
ON
*1
/OFF
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 127 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
128
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec
*1
/15sec
Headlight Auto OFF
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec
*1
/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
Auto Interior
Illumination Sensitivity
Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
Auto Headlight ON With
Wiper ON
Changes the settings for the wiper operation when
the headlights automatically come on while the
headlight switch is in the AUTO position.
ON
*1
/OFF
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 128 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
129
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed
*1
/Shift
From P/OFF
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
When Driver’s Door Opens
*1
/
When Shifting Into Park/
When Ignition Switched
OFF/OFF
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or both doors to
unlock on the first operation of the remote or
ignition key.
Driver Door
*1
/ All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
ON
*1
/OFF
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening either door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
Maintenance
Info.
—
Resets or cancels the engine oil life display when you
have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/All Due Items
Default All —
Cancels customized changes you have made or
restores them to their default setting.
Cancel/Set
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 129 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
130
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ Example of customization settings
Below are steps that explain how to change the reset timing for trip A from the
default setting (manual) so that it resets automatically when the vehicle is fully
refueled.
1. Press the button to select Vehicle
Settings, then press the ENTER button.
2. Press the / button until Meter Setup
appears on the display.
3. Press the ENTER button.
u Language Selection appears first in the
display.
3
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 130 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
131
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
4. Press the / button until “Trip A”
Reset Timing appears on the display, then
press the ENTER button.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Refueled, IGN OFF,
Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Press the / button and select When
Refueled, then press the ENTER button.
u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
6. Press the / button until Exit appears
on the display, then press the ENTER
button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
3
4
3
4
3
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 131 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
132
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 132 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
133
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 134
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 136
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
... 138
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 139
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 146
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 149
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 150
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 153
Security System Alarm...................... 153
Opening and Closing the Windows..... 156
Moonroof
*
................................................ 159
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch................................. 160
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 161
Ignition Switch and Power Mode
Comparison ................................... 164
Turn Signals..................................... 165
Light Switches.................................. 166
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 169
Daytime Running Lights ................... 169
Auto High-Beam .............................. 170
Wipers and Washers ........................ 173
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button ........................................... 175
Brightness Control ........................... 176
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 177
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 178
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 180
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 181
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 190
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 202
Automatic Climate Control Sensors......209
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 133 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
134
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch in ON (w
*1
.
■ Using the MENU/CLOCK button
1. Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button.
u Adjust Clock is selected.
2. Rotate to change hour, then press .
3. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
4. To enter the selection, rotate and select
Set, then press .
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the audio
system, so the time does not need to be adjusted.
You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is
moving.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 328, 335
Models with navigation system
Models with Display Audio
Models without navigation system
1Using the MENU/CLOCK button
These indications are used to show how to operate
the LIST/SELECT (List/Selector) knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Models with color audio system
Models with color audio system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 134 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
135
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/
information screen
1. Press the (HOME) button, then select
Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock Adjustment.
4. Select or to change hour.
5. Select or to change minute, then
select OK.
Models with Display Audio
1Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen
You can turn the clock display on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 335
The clock is automatically updated when your
smartphone is connected to the audio system.
You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock
displayed on the upper right corner of the display.
1. Touch the clock on the display for a few seconds.
2. Select Clock Adjustment.
3. Select or to change hour.
4. Select or to change minute, then select OK.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 135 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
136
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, to lock and unlock the doors and to open
the trunk. You can also use the remote transmitter or smart entry system
*
to lock
and unlock the doors and to open the trunk.
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
smart entry remote until it clicks.
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 153
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids, dust or sand.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the remote
engine start.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 437
Models with remote engine starter
■
Built-in Key
*
Ignition key with
remote transmitter
Smart entry remote with
remote engine starter
Smart entry remote
Built-in Key
Release Knob
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 136 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
137
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 137 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
138
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
Controls
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors and fuel fill door, opening the trunk, or starting the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.
1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 138 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
139
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors, fuel fill door, and
open the trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors and fuel fill
door within a radius of about 32 inches (80
cm) of the outside door handle. You can open
the trunk within about 32 inches (80 cm)
radius from the trunk release button.
■ Locking the doors and trunk
Press the door lock button on either door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; both doors and the trunk lock;
and the security system sets.
■
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated position,
the interior lights come on when you unlock the doors.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30 seconds.
Doors relocked: The lights go off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 190
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry system,
the doors and trunk will automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
Door Lock Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 139 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
140
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and trunk
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door and fuel fill door
unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u Both doors unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the trunk release button:
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
2 Using the Trunk Release Button
*
P. 151
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
•
Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
•
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the smart entry remote is within range.
•
If you grip either door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
•
After locking the door, you have up to 2 seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least 2 seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
•
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not
be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart entry
remote if it is above or below the outside handle.
•
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.
The light flash, beep, and door unlock mode settings
can be customized.
2 Customized Features P. 335
Trunk Release
Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 140 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
141
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors and trunk (Walk
away auto lock®)
When you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the smart entry remote, the doors will
automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when both
doors are closed, and the smart entry remote
is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the
outside door handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying smart entry remote
and close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the smart entry remote beyond about
5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain
outside this range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; both doors will then lock.
1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the audio/information screen.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
audio/information screen, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 335
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the smart entry
remote will continue to flash until the doors are
locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be delayed until both doors are closed.
Under the following circumstances, the auto-lock
function will not activate:
•
The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
uThe beeper will not sound.
•
The remote is taken out of its operational range
before all the doors are closed.
uThe beeper will sound.
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 141 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
142
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the smart entry remote on you, move
out of the auto lock function operation
range.
• Open either door.
1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
•
The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
•
A door or the hood is not closed.
•
The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
•
The smart entry remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
•
The smart entry remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window.
•
You are located too close to the vehicle.
•
The smart entry remote is put inside the trunk.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the smart entry remote. Then, open/close a
door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 142 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
143
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, both doors
and fuel fill door lock, and the security
system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote transmitter will not work when the key is
in the ignition switch.
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
LED
Unlock Button
Lock Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 143 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
144
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door and fuel fill door unlock.
Twice:
u The passenger’s door unlocks.
If the lock or unlock button of the remote
does not work, use the key instead.
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 590
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, the
passenger’s door locks at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
passenger’s door.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
Lock
Unlock
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 144 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
145
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If you do not have the key on you, or if for
some reason you cannot lock a door using the
key, you can lock the door without it.
■ Locking the driver’s door
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■ Locking the passenger’s door
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch.
The doors cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, the passenger’s
door locks at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 145 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
146
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, the passenger’s door locks at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To unlock
Lock Tab
To lock
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 146 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
147
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the either door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the either door from the inner handle unlocks both doors.
To avoid both doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only.
If you do not want both doors to be unlocked all the time, customize the Auto
Door Unlock setting to Off using the driver information interface or audio/
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
■
Unlocking Using the Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Inner Handle
The inner handles are designed to allow front seat
occupants to open the door in one motion. However,
this feature requires that front seat occupants never
pull an inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.
Inner Handle
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 147 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
148
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock both doors.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either doors using the master
lock switch, both doors lock/unlock at the same time.
To unlock
Master Door
Lock Switch
To lock
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 148 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
149
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks or unlocks both doors automatically when a certain condition is
met.
■ Drive lock mode
Both doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
Both doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the driver
information interface or audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 149 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
150
Controls
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 73
Using the Trunk Opener
Press and hold the trunk opener on the
driver’s door to unlock and open the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 644
Trunk Opener
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 150 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
151
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button
*
Controls
Using the Trunk Release Button
*
Push up the release button on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 644
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the smart entry remote.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
1Using the Trunk Release Button
*
•
If you forget the smart entry remote inside, the
beeper will sound and the trunk will not close.
•
A person who is not carrying the smart entry
remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is
carrying it is within range.
•
If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,
move the smart entry remote away from the trunk
and close again.
•
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the trunk.
Trunk Release
Button
Trunk Release Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 151 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
152
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener
Controls
Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Slide the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.
1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.
Lever
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 152 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
153
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch or
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch or the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ignition
switch or the ENGINE START/STOP button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system
*
.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the
transmission is taken out of
(P (continuously variable transmission models) or the
hood is opened before the ignition switch is turned to ON (w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake
pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after
the battery has been disconnected.
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to
it.Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 153 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
154
Controls
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or smart entry system
*
, or turn the
ignition switch to ON (w
*1
. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The ignition switch is in LOCK
(0
*1
.
• The hood and trunk are closed.
• Both doors are locked with the key, remote transmitter, or smart entry system
*
.
• The key has been removed from the ignition switch.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter or smart entry system
*
, or when the ignition switch is turned to ON (w
*1
.
The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the trunk with the trunk opener on the
driver’s door or the emergency trunk opener.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release.
•
Taking the transmission out of (P.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may activate
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the remote transmitter or
smart entry system
*
.
Continuously variable transmission models
Models without smart entry system
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 154 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
155
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Panic Mode
Panic Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 155 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
156
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
, using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to
open and close both windows.
The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (indicator
off) to open and close the passenger’s window from the passenger’s side.
When the power window lock button is pressed, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
.
Opening either door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
Power
Window Lock
Button
Indicator
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Passenger’s
Window Switch
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 156 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
157
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it. If
the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.
■
Opening the Windows with the Remote
1Opening the Windows with the Remote
If you open the windows with the remote, the
moonroof will open automatically along with them.
Models with moonroof
Unlock Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 157 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
158
Controls
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows at the
desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
1Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
If you open/close the windows with the key, the
moonroof will open/close automatically along with
them.
Models with moonroof
Close
Open
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 158 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
159
Controls
Moonroof
*
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly,
then release.
■
Using the Moonroof Switch
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes
after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Opening either door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2 Opening the Windows with the Remote
P. 157
2 Opening/Closing the Windows with the
Key P. 158
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close
Tilt
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 159 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
160
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch
Models without smart entry system
1Ignition Switch
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in
(P.
If you open the driver’s door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q, a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.
When this happens, the following messages appear
on the driver information interface:
•
In LOCK (0: Remove Key From Ignition.
•
In ACCESSORY (q: Return Ignition Switch To
Lock (0) Position. The buzzer will stop when you
take the key out.
If the key won’t turn from LOCK
(0 to ACCESSORY
(q, turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.
3
WARNING
Removing the key from the ignition switch
while driving locks the steering. This can
cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
Remove the key from the ignition switch
only when parked.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
All models
(0
LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this
position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
(w ON: This is the position when driving.
(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON
(w when you let go of
the key.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 160 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
161
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Continued
Controls
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1: Except U.S. models with continuously variable transmission
*2: U.S. models
■
Changing the Power Mode
Models with smart entry system
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is
close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
The ENGINE START/STOP button is on (in red), if the
engine is running.
If the battery of the smart entry remote is getting
low, the engine may not start when you push the
ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not
start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 624
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
Continuously Variable Transmission Manual Transmission
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The steering wheel is locked
*1
.
The power to all electrical
components is turned off.
Press the button without the
transmission in
(P.
Press the button with the
transmission in
(P.
Press the button.
Without pressing
the clutch pedal
Without pressing
the brake pedal
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system
and other accessories in this
position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can
be used.
Put the transmission into
(P
*2
.
*2
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 161 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
162
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P
*1
and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2 Changing the Power Mode P. 161
*1: Continuously variable transmission models
■
Automatic Power Off
1Changing the Power Mode
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while moving the steering wheel left and
right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
mode to change.
Except U.S. continuously variable transmission models
Except U.S. continuously variable transmission models
All models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 162 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
163
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is in ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and both doors are closed, a warning
buzzer sounds from both inside and outside
the vehicle. A warning message on the driver
information interface notifies the driver inside
that the remote is outside of the vehicle.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and both doors are closed, a warning
buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.
■
Power Mode Reminder
■
Smart Entry Remote Reminder
1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and both doors are closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to activate. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also activate even if the remote
is within the system’s operational range.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 163 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
164
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
Controls
Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
*1:Except U.S. continuously variable transmission models
Ignition Switch
Position
LOCK (0)
(with/without
the key)
ACCESSORY (I) ON (II) START (III)
Without Smart Entry
System
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked.
●
No electrical
components can be
used.
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
●
Normal key position
while driving.
●
All electrical components
can be used.
●
Use this position to start
the engine.
●
The ignition switch
returns to the ON (II)
position when you
release the key.
Power Mode VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK)
ACCESSORY ON START
With Smart Entry
System and ENGINE
START/STOP
Button
Button-Off
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked
*1
.
●
No electrical
components can be
used.
Button-Blinking
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
Button-
Blinking (engine is turned
off)
On (engine is running)
●
All electrical components
can be used.
Button-On
●
The mode automatically
returns to ON after the
engine starts.
Button is: Blinking On
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 164 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
165
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Right Turn
Left Turn
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 165 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
166
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode setting
or position of the ignition switch.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■ Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The shift lever is in
(P
*1
.
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is moved out of
(P
*1
and
the parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
*1: Continuously variable transmission models
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you remove the key from the ignition switch while
the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s
door is opened.
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 86
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking lights, side
marker, tail, and rear license
plate lights
Turns on headlights, side
marker, parking lights, tail, and
rear license plate lights
Models without default AUTO position switch
Models with default AUTO position switch
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Models with default AUTO position switch
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 166 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
167
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights come on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Models without automatic
intermittent wiper
Light Sensor
Models with automatic intermittent
wiper
Models without default AUTO
position switch
Models with default AUTO
position switch
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 167 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
168
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a number of certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you remove the key or set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
take the remote with you, and close the driver’s door.
If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
with the headlight switch on, but do
not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in
the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Headlight Integration with Wipers
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follow:
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
Setting
The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
U.S. models
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wipers
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 168 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
169
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel uFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have
been met:
• The ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
• The headlight switch is off.
• The headlight switch is in AUTO.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch or setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running
lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Fog Light Switch
Models without default AUTO position switch
Models with default AUTO position switch
All models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 169 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
170
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
Auto High-Beam
The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the
lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at
night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high
beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator
comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
• The power mode is in ON.
• The light switch is in AUTO.
• The lever is in the low beam position.
• The headlights have been automatically
activated.
• It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have
been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on.
• Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam system does not always operate
in every situation. This system is just for assisting the
driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch
the headlights between high beam and low beam
manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can
recognize varies depending on conditions
surrounding your vehicle.
Regarding the handling of the camera mounted to
the inside of the windshield, refer to the following.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
•
Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
•
Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
•
When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
•
Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
•
Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
■
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Light Switch
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 170 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
171
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
■ Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam
When auto-high beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low
beam based on the following conditions.
■ Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam
If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam,
follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high-
beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever:
Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about
one second while driving.
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will
come on.
Using the light switch:
Turn the light switch to .
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system
may not switch the headlights properly or the
switching timing may be changed. In case of the
automatic switching operation does not fit for your
driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
•
The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
•
Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
•
Surrounding light sources, such as street lights,
electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating
the road ahead.
•
The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
•
The road is bumpy or has many curves.
•
A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or
oncoming direction.
•
Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
•
A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle.
•
The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers.
•
The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low
beam when:
•
Windshield wipers are operating at a high speed.
•
The camera has been detected a dense fog.
Switching to high beam:
All of the following conditions must
be met before the high beams turn
on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
●
There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights
or taillights turned on.
●
There are few street lights on the
road ahead.
Switching to low beam:
One of the following conditions
must be met before the low beams
turn on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 15 mph (24
km/h) or less.
●
There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or
taillights turned on.
●
There are many street lights on
the road ahead.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 171 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
172
Controls
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or
on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the
vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
once, release the lever.
■
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system
does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or
on.
AUTO Position
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 172 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
173
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Continued
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*2
/AUTO
*3
, LO,
HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■ Adjusting wiper operation
*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
operation.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
*2: Models with manual intermittent operation
*3: Models with automatic intermittent operation
■
Windshield Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the ignition
switch to ACCESSORY
(q or LOCK (0
*1
, then
remove the obstacle.
Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
All models
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
*
MIST
INT
*2
/AUTO
*3
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 173 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
174
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■ Auto sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
•
Cleaning the windshield
•
Driving through a car wash
•
No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 174 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
175
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror
*
button to defog the rear window
and mirrors
*
when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
The rear defogger and heated door mirror
*
automatically switches off after 10-30
minutes depending on the outside
temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, it does not automatically
switch off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long time while the
engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making
it difficult to start the engine.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 175 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
176
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the brightness of the meter is reduced,
you can use the brightness control knob to
adjust instrument panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
will be returned to the previous screen.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the driver
information interface while you are adjusting
it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Brightness Control
The brightness of the instrument panel will be
reduced when:
•
The ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
•
The light switch is in any position other than off
and it is dark outside.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the lights are on, turn the knob to the right
until the brightness display reaches max, at which
point a beeper will sound.
Control Knob
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 176 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
177
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 177 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
178
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
the glare from headlights behind you, based
in inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature
is always active.
■
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 181
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night
Position
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
Sensor
Models without HomeLink Buttons
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 178 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
179
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuInterior Rearview Mirror
Controls
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
the glare from headlights behind you. Press
the auto button to turn this function on and
off. When activated, the auto indicator comes
on.
Sensor
Auto Button
Models with HomeLink Buttons
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 179 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
180
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Selector
Switch
Adjustment
Switch
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 180 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
181
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 181 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
182
Controls
■ Adjusting the front manual seats
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
1Adjusting the front manual seats
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Height Adjustment
(Driver side only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
Driver’s seat is shown.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 182 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
183
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 183 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
184
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Rear Seats
Pulling up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever tilts the seat-back forward.
Pulling up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever, or pushing down the front passenger
seat-back release lever tilts the seat-back
forward, then move the seat forward.
■
Rear Seat Access
1Rear Seats
When you enter the rear seat, be careful not to trip
over the front seat belt.
If necessary, move the seat forward after tilting the
seat-back forward.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment Lever
Driver side
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment Lever
Release Lever
Passenger side
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 184 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
185
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
1. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release
the lock.
2. Fold the seat-back down.
■
Folding Down the Rear Seats
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 73
To lock a seat-back upright, push it backwards until it
locks.
When returning the seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 58
Make sure all items in the trunk or items
extending through the opening into the rear
seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.
Release
Lever
Release Lever
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 185 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
186
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints
*1
, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
*1: Models without SPORT mode
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 186 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
187
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Continued
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Front head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
■
Adjusting the Front Head Restraints
Models without SPORT mode
1Adjusting the Front Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 187 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
188
Controls
Front head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Front Head Restraints
Models without SPORT mode
1Removing and Reinstalling the Front Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 188 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
189
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to desired position.
■
Using the Front Seat Armrest
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 189 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
190
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When either of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• You remove the key from the ignition
switch.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the
following situations:
•
When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open it.
•
When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver’s door.
•
When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
•
When you close the driver’s door with the key in
the ignition switch.
•
When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Door Activated Position
Off
Front
*
Door Activated Position
On
Off
Rear
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 190 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
191
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.
■
Map Lights
1Interior Light Switches
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine is off.
If you leave either door open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
mode, or without the key in the ignition switch, the
interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.
1Map Lights
When the front interior light switch is in the door
activated position and either of the door is open, the
map light will not go off when you press the lens.
Models with moonroof
Models without moonroof
Models with moonroof
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 191 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
192
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 192 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
193
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Your vehicle has a multi-function center
console. It includes a storage compartment,
an armrest, and a sliding tray
*
.
Slide the armrest to the rearmost position. Pull
the handle to open the console compartment.
You can put small items in the sliding tray
*
located in the console compartment lid. Slide
the sliding tray forward or rearward.
You can create more storage space by
removing the removable beverage holder tray
and a divider.
■
Console Compartment
Sliding Tray
*
Removable
Beverage
Holder Tray
Divider
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 193 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
194
Controls
■ Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
u Move the armrest rearward to use the
beverage holders.
To place a short beverage container:
Move the removable beverage holder tray
forward.
To place a tall beverage container: Move
the removable beverage holder tray rearward.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 194 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
195
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
■ Door beverage holders
■ Rear seat beverage holders
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 195 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
196
Controls
The accessory power socket can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w
*1
.
Open the cover to use it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Accessory Power Socket
1Accessory Power Socket
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, use the power socket only
when the engine is running.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 196 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
197
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To use the wireless charger, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Charge a compatible device on the area indicated by the mark as follows:
1. To turn the system on and off, press and
hold the (power) button.
u When the system is activated, the green
indicator light comes on.
2. Place the device you want to charge on the
charging area.
u The system will automatically start
charging the device, and the amber
indicator light will come on.
u Make sure that the device is compatible
with the system and placed with the
chargeable side in the center of the
charging area.
3. When charging is completed, the green
indicator light will come on.
u Depending on the device, the amber
indicator light will stay on.
■
Wireless Charger
*
Canadian models
1Wireless Charger
*
FCC statement
This product complies with the appropriate
requirements or the required standards of FCC
(Federal Communication Commission), described
below:
This device complies with Part 18 of the FCC rules.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used
per the instructions, may cause harmful interference
to radio communications.
In order to use safely:
•
Remove any metal objects from the charge pad
before charging a device.
•
Do not open the charger case.
•
Do not use the charger if it malfunctions. Contact
your dealer.
If the charger interferes with radio communications,
attempt to correct the interference:
•
Press and hold the switch on the charger for a few
seconds to turn off the charger.
Green Indicator
Amber Indicator
Charging Area
(Power) Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 197 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
198
Controls
■ When charging does not start
Perform one of the solutions in the following table.
Indicator Cause Solution
Green
&
Amber
Blinking
simulta-
neously
There is an obstacle(s) between
the charging area and the
device.
Remove the
obstacle(s).
The device is not within the
charging area.
Move the device to the
center of the charging
area where is
located.
Amber Blinking The wireless charger is faulty.
Contact a dealer for
repairs.
1Wireless Charger
*
This system consumes a lot of power. Do not use the
system for a long time when the engine is not
running. This may weaken the battery, making it
difficult to start the engine.
When using the wireless charger, check the user’s manual
that came with the compatible device you want to charge.
3
CAUTION
Metal objects between the charge pad
and the device to be charged will get
hot and can burn you.
• Always remove foreign objects from
the charge pad before charging the
device.
• Be sure the surface is clear of dust and
other debris before charging.
• Do not spill liquids (i. e. water, drinks,
etc.) on the charger and the device.
• Do not use oil, grease, alcohol,
benzine or thinner for cleaning the
charge pad.
• Do not cover the system with towels,
clothing, or other objects while
charging etc.
• Avoid spraying aerosols which may
come in contact with the charge pad
surface.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 198 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
199
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
1Wireless Charger
*
NOTICE
Do not place any magnetic recording media or
precision machines within the charging area while
charging.
The data on your cards such as credit cards can be
lost because of the magnetic effect. Also precision
machines such as watches can go wrong.
“Qi” and marks are the registered trademarks
owned by Wireless Power Consortium (WPC).
In the following cases, charging may stop or not start:
•
The device is already fully charged.
•
The temperature of the device is extremely high
while charging.
•
You are at a place that emits strong
electromagnetic waves or noises, such as a TV
station, electric power plant, or gas station.
A device may not charge if the size or shape of its
chargeable side is not appropriate for use with the
charging area.
Not all devices are compatible with the system.
During the charging phase, it is normal for the
charging area and device to heat up.
Charging may be briefly interrupted when:
•
Both doors and the trunk are closed
- to avoid interference with the proper functioning
of the smart entry system.
•
The position of the device is altered.
Do not charge more than one device at a time on a
charging area.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 199 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
200
Controls
There are coat hooks behind the center pillar
on both sides. Pull them down to use them.
■
Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 200 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
201
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The ignition switch must be in ON (w
*1
to use
the seat heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Seat Heaters
*
1Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 201 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
202
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial.
3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons/icons
*
are pressed while using the
climate control system in auto, the function of the
button/icon
*
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon
*
that were pressed will
be controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Models with color audio system
Dashboard
vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Floor vents Floor and
defroster
vents
AUTO Button
Temperature
Control Dial
A/C (Air
Conditioning)
Button
(Recirculation) Button
(On/Off) Button
Fan Control
Dial
(Windshield Defroster) Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 202 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
203
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial.
3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
Pressing the button switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
While ECON mode is active, the climate control
system may have reduced cooling performance.
Press the / (CLIMATE) button
to display A/C, MODE, fan control information on
the audio/information screen to operate manually.
Select icon to turn on or off A/C, change the vent
mode, or change the fan speed.
Models with ECON button
Models with Display Audio
Models with Display Audio
Models without SYNC button
AUTO Button
Temperature
Control Dial
A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
(Recirculation) Button
(On/Off) Button
Fan Control
Dial
(Fresh Air) Button
Fan Control Icon
MODE Control
Icon
(Dashboard vents)
(Floor vents)
MODE Control
Icon
MODE Control Icon
MODE Control Icon
(Floor and
defroster vents)
(Dashboard and
floor vents)
(CLIMATE)
Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 203 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
204
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control dial.
3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel.
Models with Display Audio
Models with SYNC button
AUTO Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Dial
A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
(Recirculation) Button
(On/Off) Button
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Dial
Fan Control Icon
MODE Control
Icon
(Dashboard vents)
(Floor vents)
MODE Control
Icon
MODE Control Icon
MODE Control Icon
(Floor and
defroster vents)
(Dashboard and
floor vents)
(CLIMATE)
Button
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
Fan Control Buttons
(Windshield Defroster) Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 204 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
205
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Continued
Controls
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
Press the (recirculation) or (fresh air) button to switch the mode
depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator on): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.
Models without fresh air button
Models with fresh air button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 205 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
206
Controls
Pressing the (windshield defroster) button
turns the air conditioning system on and
automatically switches the system to fresh air
mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Models without SYNC button
Models with Display Audio
Models with SYNC button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 206 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
207
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Models without SYNC button
Models with Display Audio
Models with SYNC button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 207 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
208
Controls
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s
side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.
■
Synchronization Mode
*
1Synchronization Mode
*
When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side
temperature and the passenger’s side temperature
can be set separately.
When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronization mode.
SYNC Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Dial
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Dial
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 208 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
209
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 209 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
210
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 210 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
211
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 212
USB Port(s)....................................... 213
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 215
Audio Remote Controls.................... 216
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 219
Audio/Information Screen ................ 220
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 224
Display Setup ................................... 225
Playing the AM/FM Radio ................. 226
Playing an iPod ................................ 228
Models with color audio system
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 231
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 234
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 237
Audio/Information Screen ................ 238
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 259
Display Setup ................................... 260
Voice Control Operation .................. 262
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 266
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
................. 270
Playing an iPod ................................ 278
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)...................... 281
Playing Pandora®
*
............................ 285
Models with Display Audio
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 287
Playing Bluetoo th® Audio ................ 290
HondaLink® ..................................... 292
Wi-Fi Connection............................. 297
Siri Eyes Free.................................... 299
Apple CarPlay .................................. 300
Android Auto .................................. 303
Audio Error Messages ...................... 307
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 310
Customized Features................ 328, 335
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
.. 362
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 365, 391
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 211 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
212
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service
*
. It can also
play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface
*
.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio
*
,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 310
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM®
*
is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 212 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
213
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)
Continued
Features
USB Port(s)
u The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio
files on a USB flash drive and connecting
a cellular phone and charging device.
u The USB port (1.5A) is for charging
devices, playing audio files and
connecting compatible phones with
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for
Android Auto, the USB cables should be
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with
USB 2.0 Standard.
Your vehicle comes supplied with a USB
extension cable that runs from the USB port
up through to the front console.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
*2: Pre-installed on U.S. models only.
1USB Port(s)
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend that you use a USB cable if you are
attaching a USB flash drive to the USB port.
•
You may also use your own USB cable.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The front USB port can supply up to 1.5A of power.
It does not output 1.5A unless requested by the
device.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY
(q or ON
(w
*1
first.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
USB charge (1.5A)
Models with
color audio
system
Models with
Display Audio
USB Extension Cable
*2
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
U.S. models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 213 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
214
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)
Features
■ In the console compartment
*
The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio files
on the USB flash drive and connecting a
cellular phone and charging device.
u Move the removable beverage holder
tray rearward.
In the console compartment
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 214 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
215
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 215 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
216
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the driver information interface.
/ Buttons
Press or to cycle through the audio
mode as follows:
FM AM USB iPod Bluetooth® Audio
FM AM SiriusXM®
*
USB iPod
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®
*
Apps
ENTER Button
• When listening to the radio and SiriusXM®
*
1. Press ENTER to switch the display to a preset list you stored in the preset buttons.
2. Press or to select a preset, then press ENTER.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
1. Press ENTER to display the folder list.
2. Press or to select a folder.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in that folder.
4. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be available.
Press the (Hang-up/back) button to go back
to the previous command or cancel a command.
Press the button to switch display.
2 Switching the Display P. 113
Button
ENTER Button
Button
Button
3
Button
4
Button
(+/(- Bar
3
4
3
4
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Models with Display Audio
3
4
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 216 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
217
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Continued
Features
• When listening to an iPod
1. Press ENTER to display the iPod music list.
2. Press or to select a category.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of items in the category.
4. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.
u Press ENTER and press or repeatedly until the desired mode you want
to listen to is displayed.
• When listening to Internet Radio
*
1. Press ENTER to display the station list.
2. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.
• When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
1. Press ENTER to display the track list.
2. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.
(+/(- (Volume) Bar
Press (+: To increase the volume.
Press (-: To decrease the volume.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 217 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
218
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
/ Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Internet radio
*
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 218 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
219
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w.
Use the selector knob or MENU/CLOCK
button to access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
MENU/CLOCK button: Press to select any
mode.
The available mode includes the wallpaper,
display, clock, language setup, and play
modes. Play modes can be also selected from
scan, random, repeat, and so on.
(Back) button: Press to go back to the previous display.
(Sound) button: Press to select the sound setting mode.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen
brightness.
Press , then adjust the brightness using .
u Each time you press , the mode switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.
Models with color audio system
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Menu Items
2 Adjust Clock P. 134
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 222
2 Display Setup P. 225
2 Scan P. 227, 233
2 Play Mode P. 230, 233
2 RDS Settings P. 227
2 Bluetooth P. 234
Press the buttons on the steering wheel to change
any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 216
(Back)
Button
Selector Knob
MENU/
CLOCK
Button
(Day/Night)
Button
(Sound)
Button
Menu Display
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 219 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
220
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
■
Switching the Display
Audio/Information Screen
Audio
Clock/Wallpaper
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 220 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
■ Change display
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
u If you want to return to the audio display, select Audio.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 221 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
222
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
2. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
3. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Import, then press .
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press .
u The selected picture is displayed.
7. Press to save the picture.
8. Press to select OK.
9. Rotate to select a location to save the
picture, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper
setting screen.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,920 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 480 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
Up to 255 files can be selected.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, a
message appears.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 222 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Select, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
■ To view wallpaper once it is set
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to set, then press .
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper setting screen.
1Wallpaper Setup
To go back to the previous screen, press the
(Back) button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 223 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
224
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the (sound) button, and rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
Rotate to adjust the sound setting, then
press .
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
LIST/SELECT (Selector) Knob
(Sound)
Button
MID is selectable.
BAS
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
MID
Middle
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 224 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Display Adjustment,
then press .
4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Color Theme, then
press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 225 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
226
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing the AM/FM Radio
RADIO Button
Press to select a band.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to search up and down
the selected band for a station with a strong
signal.
VOL/ (Volume/power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio frequency.
Press, and then turn to select an
item. After that, press again to
make your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 226 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■ Update List
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Update List, then press .
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select RDS Settings, then press .
4. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing the AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 216
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 227 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
228
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then press the MEDIA
button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
MEDIA Button
Press to select iPod
(if connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.
VOL/ (Volume/power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
Play Mode Buttons
Press to select a play mode.
Play Button
Press to resume a
song.
Pause Button
Press to pause a
song.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 228 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Press to display the iPod music list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the iPod Music List with the
Selector Knob
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 307
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 229 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
230
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle Album: Plays all available albums in
a selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All: Plays all available songs in a
selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current
song.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 230 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
231
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the MEDIA button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.
MEDIA Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change files.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a file.
VOL/ (Volume/power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Play Mode Buttons (1-6)
Press to select a play mode.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 231 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
232
Features
1. Press to display a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to display a list of files in that
folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 310
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 307
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 232 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the
current folder.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Random
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling
of the first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of
all files in the current folder.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 233 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 371
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
MEDIA Button
Press to select
Bluetooth® Audio.
VOL/
(Volume/
Power) Knob
Press to turn
the audio
system on and
off.
Turn to adjust
the volume.
MENU/CLOCK
Button
Press to
display the
menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change files.
Play Button (Preset 1)
Press to resume a file.
Pause Button (Preset 2)
Press to pause a file.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 234 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
235
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the MEDIA button until the
Bluetooth® Audio Source is selected.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Press the play or pause button to select a mode.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack or USB port, you may need to press the MEDIA
button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio
system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
Play Button
Pause Button
MEDIA Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 235 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
236
Features
1. Press to display the music search list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the
Selector Knob
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector
Knob
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the categories may not be displayed.
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 236 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
237
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or
ON
(w
*1
.
(Home) button: Press to go to the home
screen.
2 Using the audio/information screen
P. 239
(Map) button
*
: Press to display the map
screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
(Audio) button: Press to display the
audio screen.
(Phone) button: Press to display the
phone screen.
(Back) button: Press to go back to the
previous screen.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the audio/information screen brightness.
Press once and select
(- or (+ to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches between daytime, nighttime
and off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Audio System Basic Operation
Audio Menu Items
2 Station List P. 267, 268
2 Music Search List P. 279, 288, 291
2 Scan P. 268, 269, 277, 289
2 Play Mode P. 280, 289
Models with Display Audio
(Day/Night) Button
(Home) Button
(Back) Button
(Phone) Button
(Audio) Button
(Map) Button
*
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 237 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
238
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various
setup options.
■ Using the button
Press the (display) button to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
1Using the button
You can edit, add, and delete the contents shown on
the driver information interface.
2 Customizing the Meter P. 243
Driver Information
Interface
(Display) Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 238 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Using the audio/information screen
Press the button to go to the home screen.
Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation
*
, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection (Apple CarPlay, Android Auto), App List, or Instrument Panel.
■ Phone
Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 391
1Using the audio/information screen
Touchscreen operation
•
Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping
and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions.
•
Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction.
•
You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
use voice commands.
•
Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen
response.
You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting.
2 Customized Features P. 352
Home Screen
Models without navigation system
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 239 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
240
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Info
Displays Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper. Select MENU on the Info Menu
screen to see all available options: Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper
and System/Device Information.
Trip Computer:
• Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information.
• History of Trip A tab: Displays information for the three previous drives. The
information is stored every time you reset Trip A.
To delete the history manually, select Delete History on the History of Trip A
tab. The confirmation message appears on the screen, then select Yes.
Voice Info: Displays the all commands list.
Clock/Wallpaper: Displays the clock and wallpaper.
System/Device Information:
• System Info: Displays the software version of the audio system.
• USB Info: Displays the memory usage of the USB device.
■ Audio
Displays the current audio information.
■ Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 335
■ Navigation
*
Displays the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 240 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ HondaLink®
Connects with your smartphone
*1
to play personalized music, information, and
social media streams.
2 HondaLink® P. 292
■ Smartphone Connection
Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 300
2 Android Auto P. 303
■ App List
Adds or removes apps or widgets on the home screen.
2 Home Screen P. 249
■ Instrument Panel
Selects from three customizable settings for the driver information interface.
*1: Available on specific phones only. Check
automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/
for U.S.
and
www.handsfreelink.ca
for Canada for compatible phones and
hondalink.com
for U.S. and
honda.ca/hondalink
for Canada for feature details.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 241 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
242
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
1. Press the button.
2. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
■
Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 242 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents on the driver information interface.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Configuration of Instrument
Panel.
■
Customizing the Meter
1Customizing the Meter
You can store up to three customized configurations.
To select or customize a configuration, press Swap
Config..
When you select Swap Config. during
customization, the settings you changed will be
saved.
When you press the button during
customization, the settings you changed will not be
saved and you will be returned to the Instrument
Panel screen.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 243 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
244
Features
■ Editing order
To change the order of the icons on the driver information interface, first select:
1. Edit Order
2. Select the icon you want to move.
u You will see arrows on both sides of the
selected icon.
3. Select the left or right arrow repeatedly to
move the icon to your desired position.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.
1Editing order
You can use an alternative method to change the
order of the icons. First select:
1. Edit Order
2. Select and hold the icon you want to move.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to
be.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel
screen.
Edit Order
Select
Arrow icons OK
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 244 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Adding contents
You can add up to 10 contents on the driver information interface. To add contents,
first select:
1. Add
2. Select an icon you want to add.
u You will see a plus mark on the upper
right hand corner of the selected icon.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.
1Adding contents
Icons that are grayed out cannot be selected.
If an icon has a plus mark in the upper-right corner, it
means that the icon has already been added.
Add
Select
OK
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 245 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
246
Features
■ Deleting contents
To delete contents on the driver information interface, first select:
1. Delete
2. Select an icon you want to delete.
u The icon with an X on the upper right
hand corner can be deleted.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.
1Deleting contents
You can also delete contents by selecting:
1. Delete or Edit Order
2. Select and hold an icon you want to delete.
3. Drag and drop the icon to the trash icon.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel
screen.
Delete
Select
OK
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 246 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Clock.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open
the Wallpaper tab.
5. Select Add New.
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Select Start Import to save the data.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
The wallpaper you set up on Clock/Wallpaper Type
cannot be displayed on the driver information
interface.
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 4,096 × 4,096 pixels. If
the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
After changing the screen interface design, you can
change the wallpaper by following procedure.
1. Press the button.
2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Change Wallpaper.
4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 247 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To change to a next screen
Selecting or , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen.
■
Home Screen
1Home Screen
The home screen has 5 pages (fixed). You cannot add
any more pages.
Press the button to go directly back to the first
page of the home screen from any page.
Swipe
Icon Icon
Current page position
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 249 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
250
Features
■ To use apps or widgets
1. Press the button.
2. Select App List.
u The Apps screen appears.
3. Select the app or widget you want to use.
Preinstall app list:
• App Installer: Check with a Honda dealer
for apps that are available for installation.
• Calculator: Displays Calculator.
• Downloads
*1
: Displays the data
downloaded from the web browser and so
on.
*1: Downloads app cannot be used because there is no Browser function in this system.
1To use apps or widgets
Select and hold a selected app or widget to add that
app’s or widget’s shortcut on the home screen.
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this
occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 361
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all
the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 361
In case those apps still do not startup normally even
after Factory Data Reset, contact your dealer.
Do not install apps other than those confirmed by a
Honda dealer. Installation of unauthorized apps may
introduce data corruption risks to your vehicle’s
information and your privacy.
You can delete user installed apps by the following
procedure.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Information.
6. Select an app that you want to delete.
7. Select Delete.
Pre-installed apps cannot be deleted.
MENU
SOURCE
MENU
SOURCE
App
App
Installer
Calculator Downloa
ds
Widget
Navigation Audio
Info
App List
Phone
Settings
Smartphone
Connection
App List Icon
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 250 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ To add app or widget icons on the home screen
App or widget icons can be added on the home screen.
1. Press the button.
2. Select .
3. Select and hold empty space on the home
screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Add App or Add Widget.
u The App/Widget screen appears.
Select and hold.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 251 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
252
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
5. Select and hold an app or widget icon you
want to add.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
6. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
7. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 252 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To move icons on the home screen
You can change location on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To move icons on the home screen
You can also move the Phone, Info, Audio,
Settings, Navigation
*
, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection, App List, and Instrument Panel icons
in the same manner.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 253 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
254
Features
■ To remove icons from the home screen
You can delete the icons on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove
to the trash icon.
u The icon is removed from the home
screen.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To remove icons from the home screen
You cannot delete the Phone, Info, Audio,
Settings, Navigation
*
, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection, App List, and Instrument Panel
icons.
Apps or widgets will not be deleted by deleting the
icon on the home screen.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop to
trash icon.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 254 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
1. Swipe the upper area of the screen.
u The status area appears.
2. Select an item to see the details.
3. Press the button or swipe up the
bottom bar to close the area.
■
Status Area
Swipe
Status Area Bar
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 255 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
256
Features
You can change the screen interface design.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Change Skin.
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
■
Changing the Screen Interface
1Changing the Screen Interface
After changing the screen interface design, you can
change the wallpaper by following procedure.
1. Press the button.
2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Change Wallpaper.
4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.
If you change the screen interface, some of the
setting items will change.
2 Customized Features P. 335
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 256 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can change menu icons on the right side of Audio, Phone, and Info screen.
1. Select and hold menu icon.
2. Select or icon, then Audio, Phone,
or Info from Menu Customize.
3. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
change, then drag and drop the icon to the
bottom.
4. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
add, then drag and drop the icon to above.
5. Select OK.
■
Menu Customize
1Menu Customize
You can also use the method below to change menu
icon:
Select Settings System Home tab Menu icon
position
Select and hold
Menu Icons
To change Menu Icon
To add
Drag and drop
Drag and drop
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 257 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
258
Features
You can close specific apps running in the background on the system.
1. Press and hold the button.
2. Select the Active tab.
u If you select the Active/History tab, you
can close the apps that are currently
running and delete the app activity
history simultaneously.
3. Select an app you want to close.
4. Select Clear.
u The display will return to the app list.
■
Closing Apps
1Closing Apps
If you have a number of apps running in the
background and something goes wrong with the
audio system, some of those apps may not work
properly. If this happens, close all the apps and re-
launch the app/apps that you want to use.
To close all apps on the system, select Clear All, then
Yes.
You cannot close the HondaLink® and Garmin
*
apps.
Active Application
Gallery
Navigator
Calculator
Active/History
Active
Clear ALL
Task Manager
Task Manager
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 258 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the button.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Sound.
Select a tab from the following choices:
• BAS-MID-TRE: Bass, Middle, Treble
• FAD-BAL-SUBW
*
: Fader, Balance,
Subwoofer
*
• SVC∙Neural
*
: Speed Volume
Compensation, DTS Neural Surround
TM*
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 259 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
260
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Display Settings.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Background Color.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
12ᾉ34
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
12ᾉ34
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 260 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list to switch the
audio source.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
1Selecting an Audio Source
If you startup preinstalled audio apps, is
displayed on the screen.
These preinstalled apps cannot be displayed on the
source select screen.
You can startup those audio apps from .
Pandora® is available only in the U.S..
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Select the source icon.
Source Select Screen
Source List Icons
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 261 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on
the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands. Available voice commands.
2 Voice Portal Screen P. 263
• Close the windows and moonroof
*
.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 262 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
263
uuAudio System Basic Operation uVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
When the (Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.
You can see the list of commands in Voice
Info on the Info menu screen. Select Info,
then select MENU.
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.
*1: Models with navigation system
■
Voice Portal Screen
■ Phone Call
This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone call command, the screen will
change to the voice recognition screen for
phone commands.
• Dial by number
• Call history
• Redial
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call Police
• Call 911
Phone Call commands are not available if
using Apple CarPlay.
■ Music Search
This can be only used when the iPod or USB
device is connected.
■ Climate Control
*1
When the system recognizes the Climate
Control command, the screen will change
the dedicated screen to the climate control
voice recognition screen.
2 Climate Control Commands
*1
P. 265
■ Audio
*1
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change to the
audio voice recognition screen.
• Audio On
• Audio Off
• Radio FM
• Radio AM
• Radio SXM
*
• Pandora
*
• iPod
• USB
• Other Sources
Pandora®
*
cannot be used while Android
Auto is active.
■ Navigation
*1
The screen changes to the navigation
screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ HondaLink
This can be only used when the phone is
connected.
■ Voice Setting
The screen changes to the Voice Recog tab
on the System settings screen.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 263 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
264
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
■ Voice Help
You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Useful Commands
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
*1
• On Screen Commands
• Music Search Commands
• General Commands
• Climate Control Commands
*1
The system accepts these commands on the
voice portal top screen.
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• What time is it?
• What is today’s date?
*1: Models with navigation system
■
Useful Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the phone.
• Call by Number
• Call by Name
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Your Contact Name>
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
■ Radio FM Commands
• Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
• Radio tune to <87.7 -107.9> HD <1-8>
FM
• Radio FM preset <1-12>
■ Radio AM Commands
• Radio tune to <530-1710> AM
• Radio AM preset <1-6>
■ Radio SXM Commands
*
• SXM channel <1-255>
■
Phone Commands
■
Audio Commands
*1
• SXM channel <channel name, category
name, traffic and weather city name,
sports team name>
• Radio SXM preset <1-12>
■ Pandora Commands
*
• Pandora play
■ iPod Commands
• iPod play
• iPod play track <1-30>
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■ USB Commands
• USB play
• USB play track <1-30>
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■ Bluetooth® Audio Commands
• Bluetooth® Audio play
NOTE:
Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work
on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio
devices.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 264 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
265
uuAudio System Basic Operation uVoice Control Operation
Features
When On Screen Commands is selected,
the explanation screen is displayed.
The system accepts these commands on the
Music Search screen.
■ Using Song By Voice
Song By Voice
TM
is a feature that allows you
to select music from your iPod or USB device
using Voice Commands. To activate this
mode, you must push the talk switch and
say: “Music search”.
■ Song By Voice Commands
• What am I listening to?
• Who am I listening to?
• Who is this?
• What’s playing?
• Who’s playing?
• What album is this?
*1: Models with navigation system
*2: These commands toggle the function on and
off, so the command may not match your
intended action.
*3: U.S. models
*4: Canadian models
■
On Screen Commands
■
Music Search Commands
■ Play Commands
• Play artist <Name>
• Play track/song <Name>
• Play album <Name>
• Play genre/category <Name>
• Play playlist <Name>
• Play composer <Name>
■ List Commands
• List artist <Name>
• List album <Name>
• List genre/category <Name>
• List playlist <Name>
• List composer <Name>
• What time is it?
• What is today’s date?
■
General Commands
• Climate Control on
*2
• Climate Control off
*2
• Fan Speed <1-7>
• Temperature max heat
• Temperature max cool
• Temperature <57-87> degrees
*3
• Temperature <15-29> degrees
*4
• Defrost on
• Defrost off
• Air conditioner on
*2
• Air conditioner off
*2
• More
• Climate control automatic
• Vent
• Dash and floor
• Fan speed up
• Fan speed down
• Floor vents
• Floor and defrost
• Temperature up
• Temperature down
■
Climate Control Commands
*1
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 265 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
266
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Seek Icons
Select or to search the
selected band up or down for a
station with a strong signal.
VOL/ AUDIO Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Tune Icons
Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan Icon
Select to scan each station with a strong signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and hold the
preset icon to store that station. Select to display
preset 7 onwards.
Driver Information Interface
Button
Press to display the audio screen.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 266 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
267
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.
■
Preset Memory
■
Station List
1Preset Memory
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 216
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. For patents see http://dts.com/patents. HD
Radio, Artist Experience, and the HD, HD Radio, and
“ARC” logos are registered trademarks or
trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
3
4
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 267 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
268
Features
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Cancel or press the button.
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select HD Subchannel.
3. Select the channel number.
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.
■
Scan
■
HD Subchannel
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 268 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
269
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select View Radio Text.
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, select Cancel or press the button.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 269 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
270
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Channel Icons
Select or to the previous
or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10
channels at a time.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Category Icons
Select or to display and select a
SiriusXM® Radio category.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan Icon
Select to scan each channel.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio station. Select
and hold the preset icon to store that
station. Select to display preset 7
onwards.
Skip Icons
Select or to change
section in the channel.Select and
hold to move rapidly within the
section.
Driver Information Interface
Album Art
Station Art
Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
VOL/ AUDIO Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Button
Press to display the audio screen.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 270 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
271
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Tune Mode.
3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■
To Change the Tune Mode
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 216
Tune Start:
When you change to a preset channel, a song being
played on that channel restarts from the beginning
with this function. This can be turned on or off from
the Audio settings screen.
2 Customized Features P. 335
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 271 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
272
Features
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
3. Select OK.
You can also store a channel by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
You can store up to four of your preferred music channels per preset.
1. Tune a station.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number you
want to add a music channel.
u A message appears if there are no
available presets.
5. Select Combine.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
memory.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 272 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select the Channel tab.
3. Select the featured channel list title you want to listen to.
u The selected channel list of the title is displayed.
4. Select the channel.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel
list.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 273 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
274
Features
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel’s
broadcast, as well as the last 30 minutes of your preset channel’s broadcast, starting
from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to a preset channel, the
system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You
can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Playback.
3. Move the time marker to the position you want to replay.
The following items are available on the pop-up screen:
(Skip Down): Skips to the previously stored channel. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current selection.
(Skip Up): Skips to the next channel. Select and hold to fast-forward the
current selection.
(15sec Back): Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and
hold to fast-rewind the current selection.
(15sec Skip): Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select
and hold to fast-forward the current selection.
u Select OK to close the pop-up menu. Replay in playback mode continues.
To play or pause on playback mode:
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Play/Pause.
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned off as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will
automatically start deleting the oldest data.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
When you listen a multi-channel preset while at the
playback mode, the replayed segment is not
displayed.
Genre AAA
Audio/Information Screen
(C)
(B)
(A)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 274 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
■ Returning to real-time broadcast
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Go to Live.
While listening to other channels, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
the games of your favorite teams.
■ To set up a favorite team
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Favorite Team.
6. Select a team.
■ To set up an alert message
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Interrupt.
6. Select On(one time) or On(continue).
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function is available in SiriusXM®
mode only.
1To set up a favorite team
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
Selecting On(one time) from the customize settings
disables the alert feature next time you set the power
mode to ON.
2 Customized Features P. 335
You can also set up a favorite team by the following
procedure.
1. Press the button.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Setting.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 275 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
276
Features
■ To set up an alert beep
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Interrupt Beep.
6. Select On.
■ Receiving a sports alert
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert.
2. Select Listen.
u You can use the same items as the playback mode pop-up screen.
2 Replay Function P. 274
To go back to the previous screen, press the button.
■ Listening to a missed sports alert
If you have missed a sports alert:
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SportsFlash List.
3. Select alert.
1To set up an alert beep
You can also set up a alert beep by the following
procedure.
1. Press the button.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Setting.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 276 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
277
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
You can receive traffic and weather information.
■ To set up a traffic & weather information
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
5. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the information, select Unregistered.
■ Listening a traffic and weather information
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Traffic & Weather.
u Play mode can also use the any items same as playback mode.
2 Replay Function P. 274
To go back to the previous screen, select OK.
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select Scan.
2. Select Scan Channels.
u You can select the desired channel by songs using Scan Songs in Preset.
To turn off scan, select Cancel Scan.
■
Traffic and Weather Information
■
Scan
1Traffic and Weather Information
The traffic and weather information function at
SiriusXM® mode only.
You can also set up the traffic and weather
information by the following procedure.
1. Press the button.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Setting.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of
SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
1Scan
The “Scan Songs in Preset” function is based on
TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 277 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
278
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Song Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Cover Art
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
Driver Information Interface
Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
VOL/ AUDIO Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Button
Press to display the audio screen.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 278 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
279
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 307
If you operate any music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the audio system,
you may no longer be able to operate the same app
on the audio/information screen.
Reconnect the device if necessary.
Select Switch USB Device in the Audio menu
screen to switch to another USB device.
If an iPhone is connected via Apple CarPlay, the iPod/
USB source is unavailable and audio files on the
phone can only be played within Apple CarPlay.
Category
Selection
Item Selection
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 279 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
280
Features
You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file.
Select a play mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 280 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
281
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Continued
Features
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your USB flash drive or iPod using voice
commands.
■ To enable SBV
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice.
6. Select On or Off.
1Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Setting options:
•
On (factory default): Song By Voice
TM
commands
are available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 281 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
282
Features
■ Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song by Voice setting to On.
2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music
Search” to activate the SBV feature for the
USB flash drive and iPod.
3. Then, say a next command.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’“ to view a
list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’“ to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the button and say “Music Search”
again to re-activate this mode.
1Searching for music using SBV
Song By Voice
TM
Commands List
2 Song By Voice Commands P. 265
NOTE:
Song By Voice
TM
commands are available for tracks
stored on the USB flash drive or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 283
SBV is not available when using Apple CarPlay. Use
Siri instead.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 282 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
283
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the USB flash drive or iPod.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select New Modification.
7. Select USB or iPod.
■
Phonetic Modification
1Phonetic Modification
Song by Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed
out when Song by Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 283 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
284
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
8. Select the item to modify (e.g., Artist).
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
9. Select an entry to modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
u The listen to the current phonetic
modification, select Play.
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, select Delete.
10. Select Modify.
11. Select the phonetic spelling you want to
use (e.g., ”Artist A”) when prompted.
12. Select OK.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV
mode, you can press the (Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 284 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
285
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*
Continued
Features
Playing Pandora®
*
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a
compatible smartphone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using
your USB cable to the USB port.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
U.S. models
1Playing Pandora®
*
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora
website for more information.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com for more information.
Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
If your phone is connected to Android Auto, Pandora
is only available through the Android Auto interface.
Visit the Android Auto website to check
compatibility.
Audio/Information
Screen
Cover Art
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a track.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a track.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a track.
Driver Information
Interface
Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
VOL/ AUDIO Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn to adjust the
volume.
Button
Press to display the
audio screen.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 285 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*
286
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
• Bookmark
• Station List
• New Station
• Sound
• Setting
■ Operating a menu item
1. Select MENU.
2. Select an item.
■
Pandora® Menu
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora®
*
P. 308
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
select Station List, and then select a new station. It
also changes stations on the main Pandora® screen.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 286 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
287
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track.
Open/Close Icon
*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Folder Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.
Audio/Information Screen
Driver Information Interface
Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL/ AUDIO Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Button
Press to display the audio screen.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 287 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
288
Features
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select Music.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 310
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 307
Folder Selection
Track Selection
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 288 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
289
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
■ Scan
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan.
3. Select a play mode.
■ Random/Repeat
Select a play mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
To turn off Scan, press the button or Cancel.
To turn off Random/Repeat, select the mode again.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 289 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
290
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
*1:Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not
be displayed.
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible.
To check if your phone is compatible, visit
automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/.
It may be illegal to perform some data device
functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the system automatically connects to the
prioritized phone. You can assign priority to a phone
in the Priority Device Settings.
2 Customized Features P. 335
The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be
different.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is
unavailable. However, a second previously paired
phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting
Connect from the Bluetooth Device List.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
Audio/Information
Screen
Group Icons
Select or to change group.
Pause Icon
Bluetooth
Indicator
Appears when
your phone is
connected to
HFL.
Track Icons
Select or to change tracks.
Open/Close
Icon
*1
Displays/hides
the detailed
information.
Driver Information
Interface
Button
Press to go back
to the previous
display.
VOL/ AUDIO Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn to adjust the
volume.
Button
Press to display
the audio screen.
Play Icon
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 290 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
291
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Select the play icon or pause icon.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
You can change the connected phone in the
Bluetooth® settings on the Audio menu screen by
the following procedure.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Setting.
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 291 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
292
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
HondaLink®
HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect
your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 297
2 Phone Setup P. 399
■ Places
*
Displays restaurants, gas stations, Honda dealer, and so on. You can also navigate to
the found locations via the navigation.
■ Vehicle
Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service.
■ Help & Support
Displays tips for vehicle usage, and get support via road side or customer service
center.
■
HondaLink® Menu
1HondaLink®
The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most
iPhone and Android phones.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
When Apple CarPlay or Android Auto is connected to
the audio system, HondaLink® can be accessed even
without a Wi-Fi connection.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 292 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
293
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
■ Messages from Honda
Displays helpful and important information from Honda.
■ Weather
*
Displays a weekly five-day weather forecast for any location you want. You can
change the ZIP Code at any time.
Use the following procedure to connect to HondaLink® service.
■ To enable the HondaLink® service
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Info.
4. Select the HondaLink tab.
5. Select Diagnostics & Location Data.
6. Select On.
You need to allow the consent of the location
service to enable the HondaLink® service.
Enable once: Allows only one time. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
■
To Set Up to Connect HondaLink® Service
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 293 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
294
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
■ To link with HondaLink®
You can see the Connection Guide screen
after launching HondaLink®. If you do not
need this guide, select check-box and select
OK.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 294 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
295
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation.
1. A message appears and notifies you of a
new message on the header area.
u When the message is received, a
notification ring can be heard.
2. A message icon is continuously displayed in
the header area until the new message is
read.
■
Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips
Message
Icon
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 295 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
296
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
3. From the top of the screen, swipe down to
see the messages.
4. Select a new message to open.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 296 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
297
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Continued
Features
Wi-Fi Connection
You can connect the audio system to the Internet using Wi-Fi and browse websites
or use online services on the audio/information screen. If your phone has wireless
hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following
steps to setup.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi.
4. Select the Wi-Fi tab.
5. Select Wi-Fi On/Off Status, then On.
6. Select Wi-Fi Device List.
u Make sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is
in access point (tethering) mode.
u Select the phone you want to connect to
the system.
u If you do not find the phone you want to
connect in the list, select Scan.
7. Select Connect.
u If needed, enter a password for your
phone and select OK.
u When the connection is successful, the
icon is displayed on the top of the
screen.
8. Press the button to go back to the home
screen.
■
Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a
vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to setup the
Wi-Fi connection.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
off with the icon on Wi-Fi Device List. Network
speed will not be displayed on this screen.
12ᾉ34
AAAAA
BBBBB
CCCCC
DDDDD
EEEEE
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 297 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
298
Features
Make sure your phone's Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.
■
Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-
Fi connection again after you boot your phone.
iPhone users
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 298 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
299
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Features
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your
iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
■
Using Siri Eyes Free
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri
Eyes Free mode while operating a vehicle.
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
Voice Recognition
XXXXXX
(Talk) Button
Press and hold until the display
changes as shown.
(Hang-up/back) Button
Press to deactivate Siri Eyes Free.
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
Appears
when Siri is
activated in
Siri Eyes Free
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 299 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
300
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
Apple CarPlay
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the front USB,
you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a
phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
■ Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
■ Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
■ Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
■
Apple CarPlay Menu
1Apple CarPlay
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
apps.
To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
front USB port. The USB port located in the center
console storage will not enable Apple CarPlay
operation.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function,
select Phone on the home screen. While connected
to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple
CarPlay. If you want to make a call with
HandsFreeLink, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach the
USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 301
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
Go back to the
home screen
Home screen
Apple CarPlay icon
Apple CarPlay menu screen
Go back to the Apple
CarPlay menu screen
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 300 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
301
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
■ Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the front USB, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the
transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,
and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need
to consent to the sharing of this information on the audio/information screen.
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone settings menu.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
Models with navigation system
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Press the button Select Settings
Smartphone Apple CarPlay
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 301 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
302
Features
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri.
•
What movies are playing today?
•
Call dad at work.
•
What song is this?
•
How’s the weather tomorrow?
•
Read my latest email.
•
Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 302 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
303
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Continued
Features
Android Auto
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the front USB,
Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can
use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation),
Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a
tutorial will appear on the screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 305
1Android Auto
To use Android Auto, you need to download the
Android Auto app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
compatible with Android Auto.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used on your phone while
connected to Android Auto.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
front USB port. The USB port in the center console
storage will not enable Android Auto operation.
2 USB Port(s) P. 213
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 303 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
304
Features
a Maps (Navigation)
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The driver information interface shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.
■
Android Auto Menu
1Android Auto
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
Button: Go back
to the home screen
Android Auto icon
6
Models with navigation system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 304 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
305
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Features
d Music and audio
Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the Home Screen.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the front USB, Android Auto is
automatically initiated.
■ Enabling Android Auto
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone settings menu.
■
Auto Pairing Connection
1Enabling Android Auto
Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely
parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone,
you will need to set up your phone so that auto
pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual
that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Press the button Select Settings
Smartphone Android Auto
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by Google’s Privacy Policy.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 305 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
306
Features
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
■
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
•
Reply to text.
•
Call my wife.
•
Navigate to Honda.
•
Play my music.
•
Send a text message to my wife.
•
Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function
by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of
the screen.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate voice recognition.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 306 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
307
Features
Audio Error Messages
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with color audio system
*2:Models with Display Audio
Error Message Solution
USB Error
*1, *2
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is
compatible with the audio system.
Bad USB Device
Please Check Owners Manual
*1
The connected USB device has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual
*2
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn
the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the
error.
Unsupported Ver
*1
Unsupported Version
*2
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod
is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
Retry Connection
*1
Connect Retry
*2
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
*1, *2
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an unsupported
format. This error message appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song.
USB No Song
*1
iPod No Song
*1
No Data
*2
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in
the USB flash drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
*1, *2
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported
device is connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 307 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
308
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
*
Features
Pandora®
*
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
To begin listening, select a station from the Stations list.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
Unable to rate track. Please try again.
Skip limit reached.
Appears when you try to skip a track or select Like/Dislike over
the predetermined number of times in an hour.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Unable to retrieve a track explanation. Please try again later.
Unable to create bookmark. Please try again later.
Appears when the commanded operation fails. Try again later.
No Data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
Pandora App version is not supported
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
Unable to complete the operation. Please try again later.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
Unable to connect Pandora. When stopped, check your
mobile phone
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
Unable to connect Pandora. When stopped, check your
mobile phone
Appears when Pandora® app is not installed on your device. Install
Pandora® app to your device.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 308 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
309
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps
Features
Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
occurs.
Error Message
*1
Solution
Unfortunately, **** has
stopped.
Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.
**** is not responding.
Would you like to close it?
App is not responding.
Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep
waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data
Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 361
Models with Display Audio
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 309 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
310
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID on
the screen, select Channel 0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call SiriusXM® or visit the SiriusXM® website
to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the SOURCE button on the steering wheel,
or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Channel Not Subscribed:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Subscription Update:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
Channel Not Available:
No such channel exists, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Antenna Disconnected:
The SiriusXM® antenna is disconnected. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
•
U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/
subscribenow, or 1-866-635-2349
•
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/
subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•
In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•
In tunnels
•
On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•
Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 310 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
311
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
*1:Models with Display Audio
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4S/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c
*1
/iPhone 5s
*1
/
iPhone 6
*1
/iPhone 6 Plus
*1
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 311 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
312
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 312 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
313
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License.
You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 313 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
314
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 314 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
315
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation.
The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE.
Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites:
The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 315 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
316
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates.
The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE.
Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information.
You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 316 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
317
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 317 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
318
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage.
Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information.
Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based).
If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 318 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
319
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney’s
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 319 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
320
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS
For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 320 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
321
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 321 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
322
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 322 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
323
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 323 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
324
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Models with Display Audio
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
■
OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 324 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
325
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
■
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 325 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
326
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select OSS Licenses, then press .
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Info.
6. Select About device.
7. Select Legal information.
8. Select Open source licenses.
1About Open Source Licenses
LICENCE: Copyright © 2001 Bob Trower, Trantor
Standard Systems Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any
person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the “Software”), to
deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission
notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Models with color audio system
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 326 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
327
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
Features
License Information
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D
symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS,
Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
■
DOLBY DIGITAL
■
DTS
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 327 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
328
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the ignition switch in ON (w, press the
MENU/CLOCK button, then select Settings. To customize the phone settings,
press the button, then select Phone Setup.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
Models with color audio system
1How to customize
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
To customize other features, select Settings, rotate
, then press .
2 List of customizable options P. 332
Audio/Information Screen
MENU/CLOCK Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 328 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
329
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ Customization Flow
Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
Adjust Clock
Settings Bluetooth Add New Device
Connect an Audio Device
Display Adjustment Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Rear Camera Camera Guideline
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 329 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
330
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Display Change Audio
Wallpaper
Wallpaper Select
Import
Delete
Color Theme Blue
Red
Amber
Gray
Language
Clock Format 12h
24h
OSS Licenses
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 330 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
331
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Press the button and rotate to select Phone Setup, then press .
Ringtone Fixed
Mobile Phone
Bluetooth Setup Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-Key
Speed Dial
Caller ID Info Name Priority
Number Priority
System Clear
Auto Transfer
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 331 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
332
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Adjust Clock
Adjust Clock.
2 Clock P. 134
—
Settings
Bluetooth
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and create a code for a paired
phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 371
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
Display
Adjustment
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen.
—
Rear
Camera
Camera Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines come on the
audio/information screen.
On
*1
/Off
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 332 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
333
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Settings
Display Change Changes the display type. Audio
*1
/Wallpaper
Wallpaper
Select Changes the wallpaper type.
Clock
*1
/Image1/Image2/
Image3
Import
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 222
—
Delete Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Image1
*1
/Image2/Image3
Color Theme
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue
*1
/Red/Amber/Gray
Language Changes the display language. English
*1
/Français/Español
Clock Format
Selects the digital clock display from 12H to
24H.
12H
*1
/24H
OSS Licenses Shows the legal information. —
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 333 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
334
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Setup
Bluetooth
Setup
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 371
—
Connect a Phone
Pairs a new phone or connects a paired phone
to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 371
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. —
Disconnect All Devices Disconnects a paired phone from HFL. —
Delete Device Deletes a paired phone. —
Pass-Key Inputs and changes a code for a paired phone. —
Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 381
—
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Ringtone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone
*1
Caller ID Info
Prioritizes the caller’s name or phone number
as the caller ID.
Name Priority
*1
/Number
Priority
System Clear
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Phone Setup group as default.
—
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 334 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
335
Continued
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the ignition switch in ON (w
*1
, press the
button, and then select Settings and select a setting item.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
•
Set the parking brake.
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 343
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
Models with Display Audio
Audio/Information Screen
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 335 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
336
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ Customization flow
Select Settings.
Clock
Wallpaper
Others
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
ClockClock
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference
Clock
Wallpaper
Others
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference
Info
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 336 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
337
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Bluetooth On/Off Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Wi-Fi On/Off Status
Wi-Fi Device List
Wi-Fi
BluetoothBluetooth/Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi Information
Text/Email
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Speed Dial
Ring Tone
Phone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification
Phone
LaneWatch
*
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Show with Turn Signal
Rear CameraCamera
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Reference Line
HD Radio Mode (FM)
*
RDS INFO
Audio FM/AM
HD Radio Mode (AM)
*
Apple CarPlay
Android Auto
Smartphone
Priority Device Settings
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 337 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
338
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Audio Source Pop-Up
Cover Art
Tune Start
SportsFlash Setup
Traffic & Weather Setup
Other
SXM
*
Bluetooth Device List
Bluetooth
Multiple Channel Mix Preset
Home Screen Edit Order
Configuration of Instrument Panel
Tachometer Setting
Display Settings
Background Color
*1
Display
System
Touch Panel Sensitivity
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Blue
Amber
Red
Violet
BlueGreen
Home
Menu icon position
*2
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 338 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
339
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Guidance Volume
*
Text Message Volume
Sound/Beep
Voice Recog. Volume
Verbal Reminder
Beep Volume
Meter Volume - List Reading
Meter Volume - Alphabetic Reading
Voice Prompt
Voice Recog. Volume
Song by Voice
Song by Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Automatic Phone Sync
One Press Voice Operation
Voice Recog.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 339 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
340
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Clock
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Clock
Wallpaper
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Language
Voice Command Tips
Remember Last Screen
*1
Memory Refresh
Refresh Time Adjustment
Change Skin
Factory Data Reset
Climate Screen Timeout
Detail Information
Others
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 340 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
341
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Driver Assist System Setup Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Vehicle
Meter Setup
Adjust Alarm Volume
New Message Notifications
Shift Up Alarm
*
Turn By Turn Auto Display
Speed/Distance Units
Cancel
TPMS Calibration
*
Calibrate
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
*
Shift Up Backlight
*
Language Selection
Tachometer
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 341 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
342
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Auto Door Lock
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Door/Window Setup
Maintenance Info.
Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Walk Away Auto Lock
*
Keyless Access Setup
*
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System ON/OFF
*
Auto Door Unlock
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 342 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
343
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*1
/Clock
Type
*2
Clock
See
Info
on P. 344
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
Others Info Screen Preference
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock
group as default.
Yes/No
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 343 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
344
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*2
/
Clock
Type
*3
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic/Time Zone
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. —
Auto Time Zone
*
Automatically adjusts the clock when driving
through different time zones.
On
*1
/Off
Manual Time Zone
*
Changes the time zone manually. —
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Select On to have the GPS automatically adjust
the clock to daylight savings time. Select Off to
cancel this function.
On
*1
/Off
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
Overlay Clock Location Changes the clock display layout.
Upper Right
*1
/Upper
Left/Lower Right/
Lower Left/Off
Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 344 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
345
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
HondaLink
Diagnostic & Location
Data
Turns HondaLink® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Others Info Screen Preference
Selects the top menu when the button is
pressed.
●
Info Top- A brief menu pops up.
●
Info Menu- A full menu pops up.
●
Off- A menu does not pop up.
Info Top/Info
Menu
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
group as default.
Yes/No
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 345 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
346
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 534
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines adjust to the
movement of the steering wheel.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 534
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Camera setting group as default.
Yes/No
LaneWatch
*
Show with Turn Signal
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on
when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a
right turn.
On
*1
/Off
Display Time after Turn
Signal Off
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
display stays on after the turn signal lever returns
to the center.
0 second
*1
/2 seconds
Reference Line
Selects whether the reference lines come on the
LaneWatch monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
LaneWatch group as default.
Yes/No
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 346 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
347
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth
/Wi-Fi
Bluetooth
Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
—
Priority
Device
Settings
Priority On/
Off Status
Enables the system to or disables it from
automatically establishing a connection with a
Bluetooth® device which has been assigned
priority.
On
*1
/Off
Audio
Selects the priority device over another paired
audio device(s).
—
Phone
Selects the priority device over another paired
phone(s).
—
Edit Pairing Code
Edits a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 400
Random/Fixed
*1
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi On/Off Status Changes the Wi-Fi mode. On/Off
*1
Wi-Fi Device List
Connects, disconnects, or deletes the Wi-Fi
device.
—
Wi-Fi Information Shows the Wi-Fi information of the head unit. —
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth/Wi-Fi group as default.
Yes/No
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 347 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
348
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Smart-
phone
Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —
Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto connection. —
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Smartphone group as default.
Yes/No
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 348 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
349
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Phone
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
—
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 405
—
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets phonebook and call history data to be
automatically imported when a phone is paired
to HFL.
On
*1
/Off
HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On/Off
*1
Text/Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —
New Message Notification
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
settings group as default.
Yes/No
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 349 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
350
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
FM/AM
HD Radio Mode
*
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analog waves only.
Auto
*1
/Analog Only
RDS INFO Turns on and off the RDS information. On/Off
*1
SXM
*
Tune Start
Turns on and off, starts the song from the
beginning as you change preset stations.
On
*1
/Off
SportsFlash
Setup
Interrupt Turns on and off the sports alert function.
Off/On(one time)/
On(continue)
*1
Favorite
Team
Selects your favorite sports teams.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 275
—
Interrupt
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
is notified.
On
*1
/Off
Traffic & Weather Setup
Selects the region you want to receive the
information.
—
Multiple Channel Mix
Preset
Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off
*1
FM/AM mode
SiriusXM
®
mode
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 350 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
351
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 399
—
Other
[Your selected media]
Cover Art
Turns the cover art display on and off. On
*1
/Off
Audio Source Pop-Up
Selects whether the list of selectable audio
sources comes on when Audio is selected on the
home screen.
On/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
settings group as default.
Yes/No
System Home
Home Screen Edit Order Changes the home screen icon layout. —
Menu icon position
*2
Changes the position of the menu icons on the
Audio, Phone, and Info screen.
—
Configuration of
Instrument Panel
Changes the Instrument Panel screen icon
layout.
—
Tachometer Setting Turns on and off the tachometer display. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth
®
mode
iPod or USB mode
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 351 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
352
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:The default setting varies depending on the model.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Display
Display
Settings
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.
—
Background Color
*2
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue/Amber/Red
*3
/
Violet/BlueGreen
*3
Touch Panel Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Low
*1
Sound/
Beep
Guidance Volume
*
Changes the sound volume.
Adjusts the guidance volume of the navigation
system.
1~6
*1
~11
Text Message Volume
Changes the text/e-mail message reading
volume.
1~6
*1
~11
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 352 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
353
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Sound
/Beep
Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 1~6
*1
~11
Meter Volume - List
Reading
Changes the list reading volume. 1~6
*1
~11
Meter Volume -
Alphabetic Reading
Changes the alphabetic reading volume. 1~6
*1
~11
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On
*1
/Off
Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2
*1
/3
Voice
Recog.
One Press Voice
Operation
Changes the setting of the (Talk) button operation when
using the voice operation.
On
*1
/Off
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On
*1
/Off
Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 1~6
*1
~11
Song by Voice Turns the Song By Voice
TM
on and off. On
*1
/Off
Song by Voice
Phonetic Modification
Modifies a voice command for music stored in the system or
an iPod/iPhone.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 283
—
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 408
—
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets phonebook and call history data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On
*1
/Off
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 353 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
354
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*2
/
Clock
Type
*3
Clock
See
Info
on P. 344
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Others Language Change the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 354 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
355
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*3:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System Others
Voice Command Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving.
Only voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Remember Last Screen
*3
Selects whether the device remembers the last
screen.
On/Off
*1
Memory Refresh
Turns on the audio system automatically and
restores the fragmentation of memory when the
ignition switch is set to LOCK (0
*2
.
On
*1
/Off
Refresh Time Adjustment Sets the time for Memory Refresh. —
Change Skin Changes the screen interface design. Yes/No
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 361
Yes/No
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 355 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
356
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Others
Climate Screen Timeout
Changes the length of time the climate control
display stays on when you press the CLIMATE
button.
Never/5 Seconds/10
Seconds
*1
/20
Seconds
Detail Information
Displays the details of the head unit and
operating system information.
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System group as default.
Yes/No
Vehicle
TPMS Calibration
*
Cancels/Calibrates the TPMS. Cancel/Calibrate
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision Warning
Distance
Changes CMBS
TM
alert distance. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC/ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
On/Off
*1
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Road Departure Mitigation
Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 356 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
357
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Meter
Setup
Language Selection
Changes the displayed language on the driver
information interface.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A
and average fuel economy A.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B
and average fuel economy B.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
Shift Up Backlight
*
Changes whether shift up backlight blinks when
the tachometer reading approaches the red zone.
2 Shift Up Backlight
*
/Shift Up Alarm
*
P. 111
On
*1
/Off
Shift Up Alarm
*
Changes whether alarm sounds when the
tachometer reading approaches the red zone.
2 Shift Up Backlight
*
/Shift Up Alarm
*
P. 111
On
*1
/Off
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
*
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Turn By Turn Auto Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 357 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
358
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Meter
Setup
New Message
Notifications
Used to select whether a pop-up alert comes on
the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On
*1
/Off
Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units.
mph∙miles
*1
/
km/h∙km
(U.S.)
mph∙miles
/
km/h∙km
*1
(Canada)
Tachometer
Selects whether the tachometer comes on the
driver information interface.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access
Setup
*
Remote Start System ON/
OFF
*
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/
All Doors
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 358 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
359
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
15seconds/
30seconds
*1
/
60seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
0seconds/
15seconds
*1
/
30seconds/
60seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
Auto Interior Illumination
Sensitivity
Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in
the AUTO position.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
Auto Headlight ON With
Wiper ON
Changes the settings for the wiper operation
when the headlights automatically come on while
the headlight switch is in the AUTO position.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 359 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
360
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Continuously variable transmission models
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Door/
Window
Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from
P
*2
/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park
*2
/All Doors
When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up the driver’s door or both doors to unlock
on the first push of the remote.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening either door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
Walk Away Auto Lock
*
Changes the settings for the auto lock function
when you walk away from the vehicle.
On/Off
*1
Maintenance Info.
Used to reset the engine oil life display when the
maintenance service has been performed.
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle group as default.
Yes/No
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 360 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
361
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Factory Data Reset.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
6. Select Yes to reset the settings.
7. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK.
u After selecting OK, the system will
reboot.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the
preinstalled apps to their factory default.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use
the HondaLink® because it becomes off line.
2 HondaLink® P. 292
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 361 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
362
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 362 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
363
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
Continued
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the I and III HomeLink
buttons for about 10 seconds, until the
green indicator blinks. Release the buttons,
and proceed to step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
Indicator
I HomeLink
Button
III HomeLink
Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 363 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
364
Features
■
Programming a Button
1Training HomeLink
Reprogramming a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
2.
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until
the HomeLink indicator begins to slowly flash
orange. This should take about 20 seconds.
Release the HomeLink button and position the
remote transmitter you wish to link 1 - 3 inches
(3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to
program, then follow steps 3 - 6 under
“programming a button.”
Erasing Button Memory
To erase programming from the buttons, press and hold
the two outside HomeLink buttons until the HomeLink
indicator changes from
orange to rapidly flashing green
.
This should take about 10 seconds. You should erase all
programming before selling the vehicle.
Operating
To operate, simply press and release the programmed
HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the
trained device.
Questions
For questions or comments, visit
www.HomeLink.com, www.youtube.com/
HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline
(North America only) at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
Training
Complete
HomeLink LED is
continuously on green.
YES
YES
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink® button you want to program.
3b.
Canadian Garage Door Opener
A. Press and release the HomeLink
button. Press, hold and release the
button on the remote every 2 secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
change from slowly flashing orange to
rapidly flashing or continuously on
green? The process should take less
than 60 seconds.
NO
2.
Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Is the HomeLink indicator (LED) slowly
flashing orange?
NO
3a. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does HomeLink indicator
(LED) change from slowly flashing
orange to rapidly flashing green or
continuously on green? The process
should take less than 60 seconds.
5.
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
HomeLink indicator rapidly flashes
green.
5a.
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
6. Press and hold the HomeLink button
again.
The remote-controlled device should
operate.
Training Complete
5b.
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
secs.
4.
Press and hold the programmed HomeLink
button for about a second. Does the device
(garage door opener) work?
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 364 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
365
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
(Phone) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Up to 20 speed dial entries can be stored. If there is
no entry in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 381
Up to 20 call histories can be stored. If there is no call
history, Call History is disabled.
Models with color audio system
(Talk) Button
Volume Up
Microphone
(Pick-up)
Button
Volume Down
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
(Hang-up/Back)
Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 365 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
366
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you
when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries can be called using voice commands while
the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 381
■
HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Signal Strength
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Roam Status
Call Name
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 366 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
367
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your
Bluetooth
-compatible
cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
or
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
Phone
Speed Dial
*1
Add New
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Call History
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to
store as a speed dial number.
Phone Number
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Call History
*1
Display the paired phones’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
(Existing entry list)
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 367 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
368
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Bluetooth SetupPhone Setup
Redial
*1
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Create a code for a paired phone.
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-key
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Connect a Bluetooth® Audio device to the
system.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 368 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
369
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Call History
Phonebook
Phone Number
Speed Dial
*1
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Add New
Existing entry list
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 369 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
370
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Fixed
Mobile Phone
System Clear
Ringtone
Select the ring tone stored in the connected
cell phone.
Name Priority
Number Priority
Caller ID Info Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries,
and security codes.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.
Select the ring tone stored in HFL.
Auto Transfer
Set calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 370 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
371
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has
been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The audio system will enter a waiting
mode for pairing.
4. Select HandsFreeLink from your phone.
u If you want to pair a phone from this
audio system, press and follow the
prompts.
When your phone appears on the list,
select it by pressing .
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing a phone from this audio system:
If your phone doesn’t appear on the audio/
information screen, select Phone Not Found? and
search for Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 371 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
372
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Add New Device,
then press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 372 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
373
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
5. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
6. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
7. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 373 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
374
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Connect a Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a desired device name,
then press .
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 374 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
375
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Pass-Key, then press
.
5. Input a new pairing code, then press .
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 375 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
376
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Delete Device, then
press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 376 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
377
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
If paring between your phone and the system is executed while you are on the
phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer, then
press .
4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Automatic Transferring
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 377 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
378
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Ringtone, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Fixed or Mobile
Phone, then press .
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Caller ID Info, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
speakers.
■
Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority: A caller’s name is displayed if it is
stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 378 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
379
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Pairing codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, all call
history data, and all imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select System Clear, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen. Press
.
■
To Clear the System
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 379 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
380
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
If a name has four or more numbers, ... appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Pager
Work
Fax
Car
Voice
Other
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 380 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
381
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Add New, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
From Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
button and call the number using voice commands.
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Cha
Cha
Cha
Cha
ha
Cha
nge
ngenge
nge
ge
nge
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
eed
eed
eed
eed
eed
eed
Di
a
l
Del
Del
Del
Dl
ete
ete
ete
t
Sp
Sp
Sp
S
eed
eed
eed
d
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
i
Di
Di
i
Di
i
l
al
a
a
a
a
al
a
a
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 381 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
382
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Speed Dial,
then press .
6. Select a new speed dial number, then press
.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 382 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
383
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■ To change a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Voice Tag,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Cha
Cha
Cha
Cha
Cha
nge
nge
nge
e
e
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
p
eed
eed
eed
ee
ee
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
al
al
al
al
al
Del
Del
Del
Del
Del
eteeteete
ete
ete
Sp
SpSp
Sp
p
eedeedeed
eed
ee
Di Di
Di
Di
alal
al
al
al
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 383 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
384
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 384 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
385
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 385 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
386
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number
using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 381
1To make a call using a phone number
You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number
using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 381
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 386 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
387
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s call history.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
received, or missed calls.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 387 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
388
Features
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select Others to view another paired phone’s speed
dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button and
call the number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 381
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen. Press the button and
follow the prompts.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 388 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
389
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming Call
screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold
to answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons. Rotate
to select the icon, then press .
HFL Mode
Caller’s Name
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 389 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
390
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Swap Call: Put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Dial Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Dial Tones: Available on some phones.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 390 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
391
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
To use the system, the Bluetooth On/Off Status
setting must be On. If there is an active connection to
Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable.
2 How to customize P. 335
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, select the audio
system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio
controls on the steering wheel.
Up to five speed dial entries can be displayed among
a total of 20 that can be entered.
2 Speed Dial P. 405
Up to five previous calls can be displayed at a time
among a total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no
call history, Call History is disabled.
Models with Display Audio
(Talk) Button
Volume up
Microphone
(Hang-up/Back) Button
(Pick-up) Button
ENTER Button
Button
/ / / Buttons
3
4
Volume down
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 391 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
392
Features
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu on the driver
information interface, or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
command, or cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal.
/ buttons: Press to select an item displayed on the phone menu in the driver
information interface.
ENTER button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the phone
menu in the driver information interface.
button: Select and press ENTER to display Speed Dial, Call History, or
Phonebook on the phone menu in the driver information interface.
To go to the Phone menu screen:
1. Press the button to switch the display to the phone screen.
2. Select MENU.
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
3
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 392 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
393
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or
numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 405
■
HFL Status Display
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Signal StrengthHFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 393 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
394
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w
*1
to use HFL.
■ Phone settings screen
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Phone.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
Disconnect a paired phone
from the system.
Bluetooth Device List
(Existing entry list)
Disconnect
Delete
Delete a paired phone.
Add Bluetooth Device
Pair a new phone to the system.
Phone
Connect a paired device to
the system.
Connect
Connect
Connect
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 394 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
395
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Edit
Delete
(Existing entry list)
Edit Speed Dial
Delete All
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Delete all of the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a name.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Priority On/Off Status
Priority Device
Settings
Audio
Phone
Enable the system to or disables it from
automatically establishing a connection with
a Bluetooth® device which has been
assigned priority.
Select the priority device over another paired
audio device(s).
Select the priority device over another paired
phone(s).
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 395 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
396
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Select Account
Enable Text/Email
Text/Email
New Message Notification
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a mail or text message account.
Default
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone settings group as default.
Ring Tone
Select the fixed or mobile phone.
Automatic Phone Sync
Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.
HondaLink Assist
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 396 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
397
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Phone menu screen
1. Press the button.
2. Select MENU.
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Speed Dial
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Edit Speed Dial
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 397 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
398
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
See the previous message.
Text/Email
Read/Stop
(Existing message list)
See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
Select Account
Select a mail or text message account.
Reply to a received message using one of six
fixed phrases.
Dial
Make a call to the sender.
Reply
Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last outgoing calls.
Display the last incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last missed calls.
Dial
Redial
Enter a phone number to dial.
Redial the last number dialed.
Phonebook
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 398 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
399
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Select Phone.
2. Select Yes.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode.
4. Select HandsFreeLink from your phone.
u If you want to pair a phone from this
audio system, select HandsFreeLink
Not Found, Continue, and then select
your phone when it appears on the list. If
your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
u You can prioritize a Bluetooth® device at
the same time. Select Yes and then a
device you want to prioritize.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
the system before you can make and receive hands-
free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable and Add Bluetooth Device is grayed
out from the Bluetooth Device List screen.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 399 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
400
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select Connect , Connect , or
Connect .
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi.
4. Select the Bluetooth tab.
5. Select Edit Pairing Code.
6. Select Random or Fixed.
1To change the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
from the Bluetooth device list screen.
To change the Bluetooth® connection priority device
setting, select Priority Device Settings from the
Bluetooth Device List screen.
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 400 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
401
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Delete.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 401 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
402
Features
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
function
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Enable
Text/Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then New
Message Notification.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■
To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options
1To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options
To use the text/e-mail message function, it may be
necessary to set up on your phone.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 402 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
403
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Ring Tone.
3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
speakers.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 403 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
404
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Select On or Off.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a name from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
Pref
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 404 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
405
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select New Entry.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Select Yes or No.
5. Select Record, or use the button and
follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say the voice tag
name.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 405 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
406
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record, or use the button and
follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 406 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
407
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select a setting you want.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 407 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
408
Features
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■ To add a new voice tag
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to add
phonetic modification to.
■
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 408 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
409
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
7. Select New Voice Tag.
8. Select a contact name you want to add to.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
9. Select Modify.
10. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
11. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 409 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
410
Features
■ To modify a voice tag
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to modify
phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to
modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
8. Select Modify.
9. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 410 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
411
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a modified voice tag
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to delete
phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to delete.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Select Delete.
u The selected contact name has been
selected.
9. Select OK.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 411 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
412
Features
■ To delete all modified voice tags
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to delete
phonetic modification.
u The contact name list appears.
7. Select Delete All.
8. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen, then select Yes.
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from most screens.
Press the button and say the voice tag name.
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 412 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
413
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
u You can also search by letter. Select
Search.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering name, if multiple numbers exist
select a number.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select .
u Dialing starts automatically.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 413 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
414
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Redial.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the Call History
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the Call History
The call history displays the last 20 all, dialed,
received, or missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to the
system.)
1To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 405
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 414 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
415
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower
half of the screen.
Select the option.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen.
Mute Icon
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 415 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
416
Features
HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
The system can only receive messages that are sent a
text (SMS) messages. The message sent using the
data services will not be displayed in the list.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
P. 402
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 416 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
417
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If a paired phone has text or mail message accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Messages or an e-mail account
you want.
■
Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
You can only receive notifications from one text or
mail message account at a time.
Select
Account
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 417 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
418
Features
■ Displaying text messages
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select
(previous) or (next) on the message screen.
Message List
Text Message
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 418 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
419
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Displaying e-mail messages
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 397
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select Select Account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
Message
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 419 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
420
Features
■ Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 418
2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read again to start reading the
message from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 418
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Complete appears on the screen when
the reply message was successfully sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•
I’m on my way.
•
I’m running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 420 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
421
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Dial.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 421 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
422
Features
■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition can be sent to the
operator
*1
; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER Honda-PRO NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle's location may not
be sent to the operator.
■
In Case of Emergency
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency service when:
•
You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
areas.
•
There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 422 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
423
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To enable notification
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 394
2. Select the Phone tab, then HondaLink
Assist.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
1To enable notification
Setting options:
•
On: Notification is available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 423 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
424
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 424 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
425
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 426
Towing a Trailer................................ 431
When Driving
Starting the Engine .................. 432, 435
Precautions While Driving................. 440
Continuously Variable Transmission
*
... 441
Shifting............................ 442, 444, 448
SPORT Mode
*
.................................. 451
ECON Mode
*
................................... 452
Adaptive Damper System
*
............... 453
Vehicle Stability Assist
®
(VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System .............. 454
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 456
Limited Slip Differential (LSD)
*
.......... 456
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 457
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 461
LaneWatch
TM
*
.................................. 463
Honda Sensing® ................................ 465
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ....................................... 468
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
............................... 478
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
....... 494
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 509
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System....517
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 521
Radar Sensor ................................... 523
Braking
Brake System ................................... 524
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 530
Brake Assist System ......................... 531
Parking Your Vehicle........................ 532
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 534
Refueling........................................... 536
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 539
Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
...................... 540
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 425 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
426
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 578
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 426 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
427
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 429
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock both doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 146
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the front head restraint
*1
, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 181
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 187
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 178
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 177
*1: Models without SPORT mode
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 427 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
428
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 76
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 428 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
429
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the
Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 648, 650
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 648, 650
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 429 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
430
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a tailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 431
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 430 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
431
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 642
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 431 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
432
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) comes on for 15 seconds
when you pull up the electric parking
brake switch.
2. Check that the transmission is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N, it is safer to start it in (P.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(N. Then
depress the brake pedal with your right
foot, and the clutch pedal with your left
foot.
u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed
to start the engine.
Models without smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
Continuously variable transmission models
Brake Pedal
Clutch Pedal
Manual transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 432 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
433
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the shift lever in (D. Select (R
when reversing.
2. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the parking brake indicator goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 524
1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START
(e for more than 10
seconds.
•
If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 30 seconds before trying again.
•
If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 30 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 153
All models
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
You can also release the parking brake by pressing
the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
Continuously variable transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 433 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
434
Driving
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Depress the clutch pedal, and shift to one of the forward gears when facing uphill,
or
(R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
Put the transmission into
(D, (S, or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 434 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
435
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Continued
Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) comes on for 15 seconds
when you pull up the electric parking
brake switch.
2. Check that the transmission is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N, it is safer to start it in (P.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(N. Then
depress the brake pedal with your right
foot, and the clutch pedal with your left
foot.
u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed
to start the engine.
Models with smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 153
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
Continuously variable transmission models
Brake Pedal
Clutch Pedal
Manual transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 435 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
436
Driving
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
• If the transmission is in
(N, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
• If the transmission is in any gear other than (N, depress the clutch pedal, then
press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
1Starting the Engine
Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry
remote is weak.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 624
The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
before trying again.
All models
■
Stopping the Engine
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 436 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
437
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
You can remotely start the engine using the button on the smart entry remote.
■ To start the engine
When started remotely, the engine automatically shuts off after 10 minutes of idling
and/or the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP button have not been pressed
simultaneously.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u Some exterior lights flash six times if a 10-minute extension request was
transmitted successfully.
■
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
The remote engine start may violate local laws.
Before using the remote engine start, check your
local laws.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
The range may be less when the vehicle is running.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
•
You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen.
•
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF.
•
The transmission is in a position other than (P.
•
The hood is open, or either door or the trunk is
unlocked.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with
the vehicle parked in a garage or other
areas with limited ventilation.
Press the button, then press and hold
the button.
Some exterior lights flash once.
Go within the range,
and try again.
LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Some exterior lights flash six
times if the engine runs
successfully.
Some exterior lights will not
flash if the engine runs
unsuccessfully.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 437 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
438
Driving
■ To stop the engine
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
•
You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
•
Another registered smart entry remote is in the
vehicle.
•
There is an antenna failure.
•
The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
•
The engine oil pressure is low.
•
The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
•
The security system alarm is not set.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
•
The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode.
When it is cold outside:
•
The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
•
The rear defogger, door mirror heaters
*
, and seat
heaters
*
are activated.
2 Seat Heaters
*
P. 201
Press and hold the
button for one
second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
The exterior lights flash once if the engine stops successfully.
The exterior lights will not flash when the remote is out of
the smart entry system range.
The engine will not stop.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 438 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
439
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button
simultaneously.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the transmission into
(D. Select
(R when reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 524
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Depress the clutch pedal, and shift to one of the forward gears when facing uphill,
or
(R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
Put the transmission into
(D, (S, or (L
*
when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
The engine stops when the transmission position is
changed from
(P before the ENGINE START/STOP
button is pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive.
You can also release the parking brake by pressing
the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
When the engine was started using the button on
the smart entry remote
Continuously variable transmission models
When the engine was started using the button on the smart entry remote
When the engine was started in any case
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 439 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
440
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY
(q
*1
while driving, the engine will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in
(N, as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 440 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
441
uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission
*
Driving
Continuously Variable Transmission
*
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower ratio, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed.
Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
The following can damage the under spoiler:
•
Parking the vehicle by a parking block
•
Parallel parking along the road shoulder
•
Driving toward the bottom of a hill
•
Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
•
Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
•
Driving on a road with potholes
Models with SPORT mode
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 441 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
442
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Continuously variable transmission models without paddle shifters
1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
and remove the key unless the shift lever is in
(P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
Reverse
Used when reversing
Drive
Used for normal driving
Park
Used when parking or starting the
engine
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Release Button
Drive (S)
Used:
●
For better acceleration
●
To increase engine braking
●
When going up or down hills
Low
●
Used to further increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 442 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
443
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission system indicator blinks when
driving, in any shift position, there is a problem with
the transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
When shifting positions in extremely low
temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short
delay before the shift position is displayed. Always
confirm you are in the correct shift position before
driving.
Shift Lever Position
Indicator
(Transmission
System Indicator)
Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release
button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.
Press the shift lever release button and shift.
Tachometer’s
red zone
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 443 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
444
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions
Continuously variable transmission models with paddle shifters
1Shifting
You cannot change the power mode from ON to
VEHICLE OFF unless the shift lever is in
(P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
Reverse
Used when reversing
Drive
Used:
●
For normal driving
●
When temporarily driving in the 7-speed
manual shift mode
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Release Button
Drive (S)
Used:
●
For better acceleration
●
To increase engine braking
●
When going up or down hills
●
When driving in the 7-speed manual
shift mode
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 444 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
445
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission system indicator blinks when
driving, in any shift position, there is a problem with
the transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
When shifting positions in extremely low
temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short
delay before the shift position is displayed. Always
confirm you are in the correct shift position before
driving.
Shift Lever Position
Indicator
(Transmission System
Indicator)
Tachometer’s
red zone
Press the shift lever release button and shift.
Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release
button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.
M (7-Speed Manual Shift Mode)
Indicator/Shift Indicator
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 445 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
446
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 7th speeds without releasing
your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission switches to the 7-speed
manual shift mode when you pull a paddle shifter while driving. This mode is useful
when engine braking is needed.
■ When the shift lever is in (D:
The shift mode goes into the 7-speed manual shift mode temporarily, and the
number is displayed in the shift indicator.
The 7-speed manual shift mode is canceled automatically if you drive at constant
speed or accelerate, and the number in the shift indicator goes off.
You can cancel this mode by pulling the
(+ paddle shifter for a few seconds.
The 7-speed manual shift mode is especially useful when reducing the vehicle speed
temporarily before making a turn.
■ When the shift lever is in (S:
The shift mode goes into the 7-speed manual shift mode. The M indicator and the
speed number are displayed in the shift indicator. As the vehicle speed slows down,
the transmission automatically shifts down accordingly. When the vehicle comes to
a stop, it automatically shifts down into 1st.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up.
You can only pull away in 1st speed.
When canceling the 7-speed manual shift mode, move the shift lever from
(S to
(D. When the 7-speed manual shift mode is canceled, the M indicator and shift
indicator will turn off.
■
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode
17-Speed Manual Shift Mode
In the 7-speed manual shift mode, the transmission
shifts up or down by operating either paddle shifter
under the following conditions:
Shift Up: The engine speed reaches the lowest
threshold of the higher speed position.
Shift Down: The engine speed reaches the highest
threshold of the lower speed position.
When the engine speed reaches near the
tachometer’s red zone, the transmission shifts up
automatically.
When the engine speed reaches the lowest threshold
of the selected speed position, the transmission shifts
down automatically.
Operating the paddle shifters on slippery surfaces
may cause the tires to lock up. In this case, the 7-
speed manual shift mode is canceled and goes back
to the normal
(D driving mode.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 446 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
447
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode Operation
17-Speed Manual Shift Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single speed
change.
To change continuously, release the paddle shifter
before pulling it again for the next speed.
The shift indicator blinks when you cannot shift up or
down. It indicates that your vehicle speed is not in its
allowable shifting range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
(- Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
(+ Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
Downshifting when pulling
the
(- paddle shifter
(Changes to lower speed
number)
Upshifting when pulling
the (+ paddle shifter
(Changes to higher speed
number)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 447 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
448
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Shifting
Fully depress the clutch pedal to operate the shift lever and change gears, then
slowly release the pedal.
Depress the clutch pedal, and pause for a few seconds before shifting into
(R, or
shift into one of the forward gears for a moment. This stops the gears so they do not
“grind.”
When you are not shifting, do not rest your
foot on the clutch pedal. This can cause your
clutch to wear out faster.
■
Shift Lever Operation
Manual transmission models
1Shifting
NOTICE
Do not shift to (R before the vehicle comes to a
complete stop.
Shifting to
(R before stopping can damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
Before downshifting, make sure the engine will not
go into the tachometer's red zone. Should this occur,
it can severely damage your engine.
There is a metallic part on the shift lever. If you leave
the vehicle parked outside for a long time on a hot
day, be careful before moving the shift lever. Because
of heat, the shift lever may be extremely hot. If the
outside temperature is low, the shift lever may feel
cold.
If you exceed the maximum speed for the gear you
are in, the engine speed will enter into the
tachometer’s red zone. When this happens, you may
experience a slight jolt.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 448 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
449
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Come on to inform you that upshifting or
downshifting is necessary to prevent the
engine from over revving or stalling.
The shift up indicator: Comes on when
upshifting is recommended.
The shift down indicator: Comes on when
downshifting is recommended.
■
Shift Up/Down Indicators
1Shift Up/Down Indicators
This indicator will not prompt you to downshift to
increase engine braking. It is up to you to downshift
to increase engine braking when driving downhill.
Always shift down at the appropriate vehicle speed.
The shift down indicator does not come on when
downshifting from
(2 to (1.
Ambient meter color may change if you do not
change gears when a shift indicator illuminates. This
can result in a change in fuel economy.
Road and traffic conditions may require you to shift
at times other than those indicated.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 449 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
450
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
The manual transmission has a lockout mechanism that stops you from accidentally
shifting into (R from a forward gear while the vehicle is moving above a certain
speed.
If you cannot shift to
(R when the vehicle is stopped, do the following:
1. Depress the clutch pedal, move the shift
lever all the way to the left, and shift to
(R.
2. If you still cannot shift into (R, apply the
parking brake, and turn the ignition switch
to ACCESSORY
(q or LOCK (0
*1
.
3. Depress the clutch pedal and shift into (R.
4. Keep depressing the clutch pedal and start
the engine.
Have the vehicle checked by a dealer if you
have to go through this procedure repeatedly.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Reverse Lockout
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 450 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
451
uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode
*
Driving
SPORT Mode
*
To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.
With SPORT mode activated, the driver can enjoy enhanced engine response, and
greater stability and handling.
The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it
on the last time you drove the vehicle.
1SPORT Mode
*
The mode may not be able to be changed under
some driving conditions. If mode change is necessary,
reduce speed or cornering speed.
This message will also appear if you try to change
mode when there is a vehicle system failure.
SPORT Button
SPORT Mode Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 451 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
452
uuWhen DrivinguECON Mode
*
Driving
ECON Mode
*
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel economy by adjusting the
performance of the engine, transmission, and climate control system.
1ECON Mode
*
While in the ECON mode, the climate control system
has greater temperature fluctuations.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 452 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
453
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Damper System
*
Driving
Adaptive Damper System
*
Constantly controls your vehicle’s front and rear dampers according to current road
conditions, vehicle speed and steering operation.
You can change handling response by turning the SPORT mode on.
2 SPORT Mode
*
P. 451
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 453 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
454
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
VSA® may not function properly if tire types and sizes
are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type
of tire, and the air pressures are as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
,
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
,
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
*
, Vehicle Stability
Assist
®
(VSA
®
) system, Vehicle Stability Assist
®
(VSA
®
)
OFF, Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
*
and Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
may come on after re-
connecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more
than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicators should go off. If
they do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 454 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
455
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF
Indicator
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 455 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
456
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes selective wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and
helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering.
Limited Slip Differential (LSD)
LSD (limited slip differential) is a type of differential that delivers extra torque to the
wheel or the wheels with the most traction to minimize wheel slip and maintain
control of the vehicle.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
Models with SPORT mode
1Limited Slip Differential (LSD)
NOTICE
Make sure both front tires of your vehicle are of the
same brand and specified size, and have equal wear.
Otherwise, the LSD may not function properly.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 456 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
457
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated.
This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator to come on and a message to appear
on the driver information interface.
U.S. models
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 578
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
•
You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
•
You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
•
Snow chains
*
are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
•
A compact spare tire
*
is used.
•
There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires than
the condition at calibration.
•
Snow chains
*
are used.
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 457 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
458
Driving
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.
Before calibrating the TPMS:
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.
2 Checking Tires P. 578
Make sure:
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• The shift lever is in
(N.
• The shift lever is in
(P.
• The ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
TPMS Calibration
1TPMS Calibration
•
TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire
*
is installed.
•
The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-65 mph (48-105 km/h).
•
During this period, if the ignition switch is turned to
ON
(w
*1
and the vehicle is not moved within 45
seconds, you may notice the low tire pressure
indicator comes on briefly. This is normal and
indicates that the calibration process is not yet
complete.
If the snow chains
*
are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
All models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 458 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
459
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
You can calibrate the system from the customized
features on the driver information interface.
1. Press the then / button to select
(Vehicle Settings), then press the
ENTER button.
u TPMS Calibration appears on the display.
2. Press the ENTER button.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select Cancel or Calibrate.
3. Press the / button and select
Calibrate, then press the ENTER button.
u Calibration Started screen appears,
then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
• If the Calibration Failed to Start message
appears, repeat steps 2-3.
• The calibration process finishes automatically.
1TPMS Calibration
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)
*
, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
, Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
*
,
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
and Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
may come on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a
short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The
indicators should go off. If they do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Models with color audio system
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 459 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
460
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
You can calibrate the system from the
customized feature on the audio/information
screen.
1. Press the (Home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Vehicle.
4. Select TPMS Calibration.
5. Select Cancel or Calibrate.
u When the calibration is complete, the
display returns to the customization
menu screen.
• If the Calibration Failed To Start.
message appears, repeat step 5.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.
Models with Display Audio
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 460 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
461
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
U.S. models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 461 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
462
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 462 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
463
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
Continued
Driving
LaneWatch
TM
*
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these
areas and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use
of the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience
while driving.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
•
Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
•
Your tires are over or under inflated.
•
Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Camera
Audio/Information Screen
Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.
Press the LaneWatch
button.
The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information screen.
The system activates when you:
The system deactivates when you press
the LaneWatch button again.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 463 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
464
Driving
■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
• Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the remaining LaneWatch display
time after you pull the turn signal lever back.
• Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
• Display: Adjusts display settings.
2 Customized Features P. 335
■ Reference Lines
Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 is farther away.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen look slightly
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift
lever is in
(R.
For proper LaneWatch operation:
•
The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
•
Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
•
Do not touch the camera lens.
2
3
1
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to
your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
•
The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
•
The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 464 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
465
Continued
Driving
Honda Sensing®
Honda Sensing® is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors: a radar sensor located in the lower bumper and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
Honda Sensing® has following functions.
■ The functions which do not require switch operations to activate
• Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
2 P. 468
• Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
2 P. 517
■ The functions which require switch operations to activate
• Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
2 P. 478
• Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
2 P. 494
• Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
2 P. 509
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 465 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
466
uuHonda Sensing® u
Driving
■ MAIN Button
Press to activate standby mode for ACC
*
, ACC
with Low Speed Follow
*
, and LKAS. Or press
to cancel these systems.
■ LKAS Button
Press to activate or cancel the LKAS.
■ RES/+ and −/SET Buttons
Press RES/+ button to resume the ACC
*
/ACC
with Low Speed Follow
*
or increase the
vehicle speed.
Press −/SET button to set the ACC
*
/ACC with
Low Speed Follow
*
or decrease the vehicle
speed.
■ Interval Button
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC
*
/ACC with Low Speed Follow
*
following-
interval.
■ CANCEL Button
Press to cancel ACC
*
/ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
.
■
Operation Switches for the ACC
*
/ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
/LKAS
Interval
Button
CANCEL Button
RES/+ Button
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
−/SET Button
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 466 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
467
uuHonda Sensing® u
Driving
You can see the current state of ACC
*
, ACC
with Low Speed Follow
*
, and LKAS.
a
Indicates that ACC
*
, ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
, and LKAS are ready to be
activated.
b
Indicates that LKAS is activated and
whether or not traffic lane lines are
detected.
c
Indicates whether or not a vehicle is
detected ahead.
d
Shows the set vehicle speed.
e
Shows the set vehicle interval.
■
Driver Information Interface Content
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 467 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
468
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor
stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
When the CMBS
TM
activates, the engine may stop
automatically.
Start the engine by normal operation if the engine
stops.
2 Starting the Engine P. 432, 435
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 473
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
For directions on the proper handling of the radar
sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 523
Manual transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 468 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
469
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■ How the system works
1How the system works
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
The radar sensor is in
the lower bumper.
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
When to use
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected
in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a
collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines
there is a chance of a collision with:
- Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your
same direction.
- A pedestrian who is detected in front of you.
●
Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there
is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your
same direction.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 469 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
470
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through driver
information interface or audio/information screen setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 126, 343
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 473
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the
collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Visual Alerts
Beep
Audible Alert
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 470 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
471
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The radar sensor detects a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a collision with the
vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible
alerts come on at a longer distance
from a vehicle ahead than in Normal
setting, and in Short, at a shorter
distance than in Normal.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision has increased,
time to respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a collision
is unavoidable.
Forcefully applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 471 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
472
Driving
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the driver information
interface reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it off the last
time you drove the vehicle.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 473
When the CMBS
TM
is activated, it will continue to
operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially
depressed. However, it will be canceled if the
accelerator pedal is deeply depressed.
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)
*
, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
, Road Departure Mitigation (RDM),
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
*
and Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
may come on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a
short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The
indicators should go off. If they do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 472 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
473
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes in ambient light, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• A vehicle or a pedestrian is not clearly lit by the headlights while driving at night
or in a dark lighting conditon such as in a tunnel.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 473 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
474
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong size, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the lower bumper gets dirty.
•
Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel with the headlights turned off.
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
•
The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 474 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
475
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
■ Automatic shutoff
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 475 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
476
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 476 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
477
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects (such as a traffic sign and guard rail) on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 477 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
478
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your
vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low
Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever
necessary, and always keep a safe interval between
your vehicle and other vehicles.
The radar sensor for ACC with Low Speed Follow is shared
with the collision mitigation braking system
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 468
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with Low Speed
Follow can lead to a crash.
Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only
when driving on expressways or
freeways and in good weather
conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited
braking capability and may not stop
your vehicle in time to avoid a collision
with a vehicle that quickly stops in front
of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead
within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low Speed Follow
operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with
Low Speed Follow operates at the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■
Shift position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is in
the lower bumper.
Be careful not to have
the radar sensor cover
strongly impacted.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 478 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
479
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
Low Speed Follow and the Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly
under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 484
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn
off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This
also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS).
Do not use ACC with Low Speed Follow under the
following conditions:
•
On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with Low Speed Follow will not apply
the brakes to maintain the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
How to use
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel.
ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to use.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 479 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
480
Driving
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment
you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed Follow begins.
When driving slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the button fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts
operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and
set speed appear on the driver information
interface.
When you use ACC with Low Speed Follow,
Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric
Power Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to
automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for
you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow, Road Departure Mitigation
(RDM), Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system,
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
*
and Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) may come on after reconnecting
the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicators should go off. If they
do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface or
audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
On when ACC with
Low Speed Follow
begins
Press and release
−/SET button
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 480 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
481
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with
Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed
Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the
vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-Interval P. 488
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if
another vehicle cuts in front of you, the beeper
sounds, a message appears on the driver information
interface.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Beep
ACC with Low Speed Follow Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
driver information interface
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 481 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
482
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow
accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and
then maintains it.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the
accelerator pedal, the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the
following-interval while a vehicle ahead is within the ACC with Low Speed Follow
range.
1When in Operation
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the
following circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with
Low Speed Follow detecting range. Change the ACC
Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 484
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the driver
information interface
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 482 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
483
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and
slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the driver
information interface.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the driver information
interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or
–/SET button, or depress the accelerator
pedal, ACC with Low Speed Follow operates
again within the prior set speed.
If no vehicle is ahead of you before you
resume driving, depress the accelerator pedal
and ACC with Low Speed Follow will operate
again within the prior set speed.
1When in Operation
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with Low Speed Follow
system is operating can result in the
vehicle moving without operator
control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 483 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
484
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong size, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the lower bumper is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 484 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
485
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Continued
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 485 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
486
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
Radar detects upper section of
an empty carrier truck.
Panel truck,
tanker truck,
etc.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 486 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
487
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET button on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to
maintain the set interval between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead.
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then
push and release the –/SET button, the current speed
of the vehicle is set.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 487 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
488
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC with Low Speed Follow following-
interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following-
intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-Interval
Interval Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 488 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
489
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Continued
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low
Speed Follow interval setting.
Following-Interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
81.0 feet
24.7 meters
1.1 sec
103.3 feet
31.5 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
112.2 feet
34.2 meters
1.5 sec
142.4 feet
43.4 meters
1.5 sec
Long
153.5 feet
46.8 meters
2.1 sec
199.4 feet
60.8 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
208.3 feet
63.5 meters
2.9 sec
273.6 feet
83.4 meters
2.9 sec
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 489 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
490
Driving
To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any
of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with Low Speed Follow indicator
goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the Low Speed Follow function
has stopped the vehicle, you cannot
cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow by
depressing the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with Low Speed Follow, you can
resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed.
Press the RES/+ button.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the
MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the
system, then set the desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 490 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
491
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when
ACC with Low Speed Follow is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may
cause the ACC with Low Speed Follow to automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the lower bumper gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range is too
close to your vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
• When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel.
The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the
following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The engine is turned off.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with Low Speed Follow has been
automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior
set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC
with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves, then
press the –/SET button.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 491 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
492
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the driver information interface for two
seconds, and then the mode switches to
Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with Low Speed
Follow, press and hold the button again for
one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on
the driver information interface for two
seconds.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
ACC with
Low Speed
Follow ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 492 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
493
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
Driving
• Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1.6 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the RES/+ or –/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 493 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
494
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the
brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a
safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.
The radar sensor for ACC is shared with the collision
mitigation braking system
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 468
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.
Use ACC only when driving on
expressways or freeways and in good
weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC has limited braking capability.
When your vehicle speed drops below
22 mph (35 km/h), ACC will
automatically cancel and no longer will
apply your vehicle’s brakes.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal when conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control: Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
■
Gear position for ACC: In (2 or higher position.
The radar sensor is in the
lower bumper.
Be careful not to have
the radar sensor cover
strongly impacted.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 494 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
495
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC and Lane
Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on or
off.
ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 499
When not using ACC: Turn off adaptive cruise by
pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Do not use ACC under the following conditions:
•
On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC will not apply the brakes to maintain
the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
When the engine speed slows down, try to
downshift.
When the engine speed goes up, try to upshift.
You can maintain the set speed if you change gear
within five seconds.
How to use
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel.
ACC is ready to use.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 495 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
496
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press down the –/SET button when you reach the
desired speed. The moment you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC
begins.
When ACC starts operating, the vehicle icon,
interval bars and set speed appear on the
driver information interface.
When you use ACC, Straight Driving Assist (a
feature of the Electric Power Steering system)
is activated.
By enabling the steering system to
automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for
you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM), Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
OFF, Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
*
and Collision
Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) may come on
after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance
at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicators
should go off. If they do not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface or
audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
On when ACC begins
Press and release
−/SET Button
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 496 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
497
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected
doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order
to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-Interval P. 503
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds and a message
appears on the driver information interface.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Beep
ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
driver information interface.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 497 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
498
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC accelerates your vehicle to
the set speed, and then maintains it.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC range.
ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the
system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following-interval while a
vehicle ahead is within the ACC range.
1When in Operation
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start
accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC
detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 499
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the driver
information interface.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 498 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
499
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the radar sensor cover is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC Conditions and Limitations
1ACC Conditions and Limitations
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 499 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
500
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 500 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
501
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Driving
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
Radar detects upper section of
an empty carrier truck.
Panel truck,
tanker truck,
etc.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 501 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
502
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET button on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then
push and release the –/SET button, the current speed
of the vehicle is set.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 502 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
503
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Driving
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC following-interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following-
intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-Interval
Interval Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 503 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
504
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
Following-Interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83.3 feet
25.4 meters
1.1 sec
100.4 feet
30.6 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
109.6 feet
33.4 meters
1.5 sec
137.4 feet
41.9 meters
1.5 sec
Long
153.8 feet
46.9 meters
2.1 sec
199.8 feet
60.9 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
213.5 feet
65.1 meters
2.9 sec
282.7 feet
86.2 meters
2.9 sec
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 504 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
505
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
To cancel ACC, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u The ACC indicator (green) goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Depress the clutch pedal for five seconds or
more.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC, you can resume the prior set speed
while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+ button when
driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or
more.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press
the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the
desired speed.
MAIN Button
CANCEL Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 505 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
506
Driving
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when
ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC to
automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the lower bumper gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
• When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel.
• Ignoring shift down indication shown in the tachometer display will cancel the
ACC after about 10 seconds.
• The engine speed goes into the tachometer’s red zone.
• The engine speed goes to below 1,000 rpm.
• You shift into neutral temporarily when shifting into a higher or lower gear.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC has been automatically canceled,
you can still resume the prior set speed.
Wait until the condition that caused ACC to cancel
improves, then press the –/SET button.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 506 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
507
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the driver information interface for two
seconds, and then the mode switches to
Cruise.
To switch back to ACC, press and hold the
button again for one second. ACC Mode
Selected appears on the driver information
interface for two seconds.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
ACC ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 507 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
508
Driving
• Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the RES/+ or –/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Depress the clutch pedal for five seconds or more.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 508 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
509
uuHonda Sensing®uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 94
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 514
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
Front Sensor
Camera
Monitors the
lane lines
■
Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel
and a warning display alert you that
the vehicle is drifting out of a detected
lane.
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left
and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets
closer to either of the lane lines.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 509 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
510
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 510 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
511
uuHonda Sensing®uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in high speed operation.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS indicator comes on in the
driver information interface.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the driver
information interface.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either the left or right lane
line due to the system applying torque, turn off the
LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 511 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
512
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with Low
Speed Follow on and off.
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.
Models with ACC with Low Speed Follow
Models with ACC
MAIN Button LKAS Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 512 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
513
uuHonda Sensing®uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to HI.
u Turning the wipers off or setting it to LO
resumes the LKAS.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate at high speed.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate at low speed.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to 40 mph (64
km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to 45 mph
(72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the driver
information interface change to
contour lines, and the beeper
sounds (if activated).
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
All models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 513 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
514
uuHonda Sensing® uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® systems engage.
A beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 514 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
515
uuHonda Sensing®uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 515 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
516
uuHonda Sensing® uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong size, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
Lane void of lines at junction
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 516 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
517
uuHonda Sensing®uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to
detected lane markings without a turn signal
activated, the system, in addition to a visual
alert, applies steering torque and alerts you
with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to
help you remain within the detected lane.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the driver information
interface.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 521
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 519
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 517 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
518
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the driver
information interface when the system is
on.
■
How the System Activates
■
RDM On and Off
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 76
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
•
Not driven within a traffic lane.
•
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
•
Driven in a narrow lane.
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the driver information
interface or audio/information screen, the system
does not operate the steering wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 123, 335
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)
*
, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow
*
, Road Departure Mitigation (RDM),
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
*
and Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
may come on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a
short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The
indicators should go off. If they do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
RDM ButtonIndicator
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 518 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
519
uuHonda Sensing®uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 519 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
520
uuHonda Sensing® uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 520 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
521
uuHonda Sensing®uFront Sensor Camera
Continued
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC
*
, ACC with Low Speed
Follow
*
, and CMBS
TM
, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the
systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 521 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuHonda Sensing® uFront Sensor Camera
522
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 522 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
523
uuHonda Sensing®uRadar Sensor
Driving
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is in the lower bumper.
1Radar Sensor
Avoid strong impacts to the radar sensor cover.
For the CMBS to work properly:
•
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
•
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder
for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water
or a mild detergent.
•
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by using the CMBS OFF
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 CMBS
TM
On and Off P. 472
If the vehicle is involved in any of the following
situations, the radar sensor may not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
•
Your vehicle is involved in a frontal collision.
•
Your vehicle drives through deep water or is
submerged in deep water.
•
Your vehicle strongly strikes a bump, curb, chock,
or embankment that could jar the radar sensor.
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is in
the lower bumper.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 523 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
524
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
■ To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
position the ignition switch
*1
is in.
Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently
and securely.
u The indicator in the switch comes on.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) comes on.
■ To release
The ignition switch must be ON
(w
*1
in order
to release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the electric parking brake switch.
u The indicator in the switch goes off.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) goes off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
12-volt battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 626
If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving, the brakes on all four wheels
are applied by the VSA
®
system until the vehicle
comes to a stop. The electric parking brake then
applies, and the switch should be released
.
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
•
When your vehicle is stopped with the automatic
brake hold system activated for more than 10
minutes.
•
When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and the brake hold system
is applied.
•
When the engine is turned off while the brake hold
system is applied.
•
When there is a problem with the brake hold
system while brake hold is applied.
•
When your vehicle is stopped for more than 10
minutes while ACC with Low Speed Follow is
activated.
Models with ACC with Low Speed Follow
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 524 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
525
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ To release automatically
Use the accelerator pedal to release the parking brake when you are starting the
vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Depress the accelerator pedal while releasing the clutch pedal releases the parking
brake.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) goes off.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal and
release the clutch pedal.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) goes off.
1Parking Brake
•
When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your
vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with Low
Speed Follow.
•
When the engine is turned off while ACC with Low
Speed Follow is activated.
•
When there is a problem with the electric parking
brake switch, after you turn the ignition switch to
LOCK
(0
*1
.
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator
pedal may need to be pressed farther to
automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
•
Malfunction indicator lamp
•
Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
•
Parking brake and brake system indicator (red)
•
VSA® system indicator
•
ABS indicator
•
Supplemental restraint system indicator
The clutch pedal must be fully depressed before
gently depressing the accelerator pedal and releasing
the clutch pedal.
Manual transmission models
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
Accelerator Pedal
Continuously variable transmission models
Accelerator Pedal
Clutch Pedal
Manual transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 525 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuBrakinguBrake System
526
Driving
The parking brake automatically releases as you depress the accelerator pedal when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The engine is running.
• The transmission is not in
(P or (N.
• The transmission is not in
(N.
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps to reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 531
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 530
■
Foot Brake
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear/speed position. With manual transmission
use a lower gear for greater engine braking.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 526 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
527
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P
and applying the parking
brake.
Continuously variable transmission models
■
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
engine. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The shift lever must
not be in
(P or (R.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake pedal
after the automatic
brake hold indicator
comes on.
■
Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the shift
lever is in a position
other than
(P or (N. The
brake hold is disengaged
and the vehicle starts to
move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.
Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
On
On
U.S.
Canada
Comes
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 527 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
528
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until you change a gear to a
position other than
(N and:
• Release the clutch pedal on a level road or when facing downhill.
• Release the clutch pedal and depress the accelerator pedal when facing uphill.
You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic lights
and in heavy traffic.
Manual transmission models
■
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
engine. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake pedal
after the automatic
brake hold indicator
comes on.
■
Canceling the system
Shift into one of the
gears other than
(N and:
●
Release the clutch
pedal on a level road
or when facing
downhill.
●
Release the clutch
pedal and depress the
accelerator pedal
when facing uphill.
The system is canceled
and the vehicle starts to
move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.
Accelerator Pedal
Brake PedalAutomatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
On
On
U.S.
Canada
Clutch Pedal
Comes
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 528 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
529
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ The system automatically cancels when:
• You engage the parking brake.
• You depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever to
(P or (R.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The engine is turned off.
• There is a problem with automatic brake hold system.
• The engine stalls.
■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
engine or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 532
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the
automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in operation.
The system turns off if the engine stalls while
automatic brake hold is active or the system is on.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 529 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
530
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake
pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to
press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel
the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It
is designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
•
The tires are equipped with snow chains
*
.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
•
Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while the vehicle
accelerates.
•
Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 530 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
531
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 531 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
532
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the shift position to
(P.
3. Move the shift lever to
(R or (1.
4. Turn off the engine.
u The parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off in about 15
seconds.
1Parking Your Vehicle
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the shift lever position indicator.
Continuously transmission models
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•
Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
Continuously variable transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
All models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 532 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
533
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
Driving
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an
incline.
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 533 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
534
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to a rear view when the transmission is put into (R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 335
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Models with Display Audio
Guidelines
Bumper
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
Camera
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 534 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
535
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display.
Press the LIST/SELECT (selector) knob to switch the mode.
Touch the appropriate icon to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
• If you were last using Wide view mode or Normal view mode, the same view
mode will be activated the next time you put the transmission into (R.
• If you were using Top down view mode before you turned off the engine, Wide
view mode will be activated the next time you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
and put the transmission into (R.
• If you were using Top down view mode and 10 seconds elapsed after you took
the transmission out of
(R, Wide view mode will be activated the next time you
put the transmission into (R.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
You can change the Camera Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 328
Camera Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Models with color audio system
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
All models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 535 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
536
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
Models without SPORT mode
Models with SPORT mode
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 536 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
537
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 12.39 US gal (46.9 L)
How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Unlock the driver’s door using the master
door lock switch.
u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the
vehicle will unlock.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Inside P. 146
4. Press the area indicated by the arrow to
release the fuel fill door. You will hear a
click.
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only
service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of
smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon
fuel for other uses) or other non-service station
devices can damage the area in and around the filler
opening.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Press
Fuel Fill Door
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 537 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
538
Driving
5. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
6. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
Use the lock tab or the master door lock switch to
unlock the fuel fill door.
The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically
relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can
be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the
driver’s door.
The fuel fill door and its latching mechanism can be
permanently damaged if the fuel fill door is forced
closed when the driver’s door is locked.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
P. 645
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 538 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
539
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
driver information interface.
• Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 554
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100
Liters of
fuel
Kilometers
driven
L per 100 km
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 539 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
540
Driving
Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
Handling Precautions
The turbocharger is a high-precision device to obtain greater horsepower by
delivering a large volume of compressed air into the engine using a turbine driven by
the engine’s exhaust gas pressure.
• When the engine is cold just after starting, avoid revving the engine or sudden
acceleration.
• Always replace the engine oil and engine oil filter according to the Maintenance
Minder. The turbine rotates at very high speeds over 100,000 rpm and its
temperature reaches over 1,292°F (700°C). It is lubricated and cooled by engine
oil. If you fail to replace the engine oil and filter at the scheduled distance or
interval, deteriorated engine oil may cause failure such as sticking and abnormal
noise of the turbine bearing.
1Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
The scheduled maintenance intervals for replacing
the filter is indicated on the driver information
interface. Follow the information of when to replace
them.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 545
The temperature gauge pointer is at the mark
when you restart the engine after driving under high
load conditions such as at high speed or in hilly
terrain. This is normal. The gauge goes down after
you idle or drive the vehicle for about one minute.
H
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 540 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
541
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 542
Safety When Performing Maintenance .... 543
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 544
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 545
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood .... 551
Opening the Hood ........................... 553
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 554
Oil Check......................................... 555
Adding Engine Oil............................ 557
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter..... 558
Engine Coolant................................ 561
Transmission Fluid............................ 563
Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid.......................... 564
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 565
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 566
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
....575
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 578
Tire and Loading Information Label ..... 579
Tire Labeling .................................... 579
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)...... 581
Wear Indicators................................ 583
Tire Service Life ................................ 583
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 584
Tire Rotation.................................... 585
Winter Tires ..................................... 586
Battery............................................... 588
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 590
Climate Control System Maintenance
....592
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 593
Exterior Care.................................... 595
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories ...................................... 598
Modifications................................... 599
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 541 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
542
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.)
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake/clutch
*
fluid level monthly.
2 Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid P. 564
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 578
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 566
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 575
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 548
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 659
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 542 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
543
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we
cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing
maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 543 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
544
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
2.0 L engine models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 544 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
545
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the driver information interface every time you turn the ignition switch to
ON
(w
*1
. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring
your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 545 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
546
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the driver information interface. You can view them on the
Maintenance Minder screen at any time.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
2. Press the button several times until is displayed.
3. Press ENTER to go to the Maintenance Minder screen. The engine oil life
appears on the driver information interface along with maintenance items due
soon.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions and oil
age, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and
displayed as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 548
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
Sub Item
Engine Oil Life
Main ItemENTER Button
Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 546 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
547
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver Information
Interface
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
—
When you select the Maintenance
Minder screen, it displays codes for
maintenance items due at the next
engine oil change, along with the
percentage of engine oil life
remaining.
Maintenance Due Soon The engine oil life indicator starts to
appear along with other due-soon
maintenance item codes when the
remaining oil life drops to 15 percent.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life.
Maintenance Due Now The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the button to
switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due The engine oil has passed its service
life, and a negative distance appears
after driving over 10 miles (U.S.
models) or 10 km (Canadian models).
The negative distance on the display
blinks.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 547 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
548
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub ItemsMain Item
U.S. models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Check expiration date for temporary tire repair kit
bottle (if equipped)
●
Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system
#
• Fuel lines and connections
#
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4:
Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures. This requires
transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive
your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
7
●
Replace brake fluid
*5
Continuously variable transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 548 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
549
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3
if they are noisy.
Canadian models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*4:
Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
every 40,000 km (25,000 miles).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
0
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
Continuously variable transmission models
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
7
●
Replace brake fluid
*5
9
●
Service front and rear brakes
●
Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system
#
• Fuel lines and connections
#
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 549 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
550
Maintenance
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the
maintenance service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
2. Press the (display/information) button repeatedly until the appears.
3. Press the ENTER button.
4. Press and hold the ENTER button for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode.
5. Press / to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All Due Items
(You can also select Cancel to end the process).
6. Press the ENTER button to reset the selected item.
7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display after completing the required maintenance
service. If someone other than a dealer performs
maintenance service, reset the Maintenance
Minder
TM
display yourself.
You can also reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 335
Models with Display Audio
ENTER Button
(Display/Information) Button
3
4
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 550 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
551
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
1.5 L engine models
Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid
(Black Cap)
Reserve Tank
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
Reserve Tank Cap
U.S. models
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 551 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
552
uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood
Maintenance
2.0 L engine models
Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid
(Black Cap)
Reserve Tank
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
Reserve Tank Cap
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 552 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
553
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Pull up the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center)
and raise the hood. Once you have raised
the hood slightly, you can release the lever.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
3
WARNING
The hood support rod can become very hot
due to heat from the engine.
To ensure against possible burns, do not
handle the metal section of the rod: Use
the foam grip instead.
2.0 L engine models
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
Support Rod
Clamp
Grip
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 553 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
554
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 554 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
555
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Continued
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
1.5 L engine models
2.0 L engine models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 555 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
556
Maintenance
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
1.5 L engine models
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
2.0 L engine models
1Oil Check
Under certain driving conditions, it is normal for the
engine oil level to rise above the upper mark. If you
have a concern, consult a dealer for details.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 556 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
557
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
1.5 L engine models
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
2.0 L engine models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 557 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
558
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the driver
information interface.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the Phillips-head screws and
slotted head screws by turning 90°
counter-clockwise on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Under CoverScrew
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 558 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
559
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1.5 L engine models
Drain Bolt
Washer
2.0 L engine models
Drain Bolt
Washer
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 559 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
560
Maintenance
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter gasket.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
3.7 US qt (3.5 L)
4.4 US qt (4.2 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there are no leaks from
the drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
1.5 L engine models
2.0 L engine models
Oil Filter
1.5 L engine models
2.0 L engine models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 560 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
561
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Checking the Coolant
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about −31°F (−35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the reserve tank cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the reserve tank
cap.
MAX
MIN
Reserve Tank
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 561 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
562
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the reserve tank cap 1/8 turn counter-
clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
3. Push down and turn the reserve tank cap
counter-clockwise to remove it.
4. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark.
5. Put the reserve tank cap back on, and
tighten it fully.
■
Adding the Coolant
1Engine Coolant
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
1Adding the Coolant
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Reserve Tank
Cap
1.5 L engine models
Reserve Tank
Cap
2.0 L engine models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 562 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
563
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the continuously variable transmission fluid
yourself.
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the manual transmission fluid yourself.
■
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda HCF-2
■
Manual Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda MTF
Models with continuously variable transmission
1Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix HCF-2 with other transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than HCF-2 may
adversely affect the operation and durability of your
vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to HCF-2 is not covered by Honda's
new vehicle limited warranty.
Models with manual transmission
1Manual Transmission Fluid
If Honda MTF is not available, you may use the API
certificated SAE 0W-20 or 5W-20 viscosity motor oil
as a temporary measure.
Replace with MTF as soon as possible. Motor oil does
not contain the proper additives for the transmission
and continued use can cause decreased shifting
performance and lead to transmission damage.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 563 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
564
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake/Clutch
*
Fluid
Maintenance
Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid
Use the same fluid for both the brakes and clutch.
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
The brake fluid reserve tank is also used for
your vehicle’s clutch fluid. As long as you keep
the brake fluid level as instructed above, there
is no need for checking the clutch fluid level.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
Reserve Tank
MIN
MAX
Manual transmission models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 564 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
565
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears
on the driver information interface.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.
Except Canadian 1.5 L engine models
Canadian models
Canadian 1.5 L engine models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 565 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
566
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type)
*
High beam headlight: LED type
*
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)
*
Low beam headlight: LED type
*
■
High Beam Headlights
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Models with halogen headlights
All models
Models with halogen headlights
Models with LED headlights
Models with halogen headlights
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 566 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
567
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
Maintenance
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
■
Low Beam Headlights
Models with halogen headlights
Tab Coupler
Bulb
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 567 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
568
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
Fog Light Bulbs
*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, remove the bolt, and push up
the under cover.
Fog Light: 35 W (H8 for halogen bulb type)
*
Fog Light: LED type
*
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center
pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Models with halogen fog lights
Push until the pin
is flat.
Models with halogen fog lights
Bolt
Clips
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 568 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
569
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
4. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it clockwise.
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Models with halogen fog lights
Models with LED fog lights
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 569 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
570
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Front Turn Signal Lights
Front turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
Models with halogen headlights
Socket Bulb
Models with LED headlights
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 570 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
571
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs
Continued
Maintenance
Front Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Push the tab to remove the light assembly.
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Turn the socket counter-clockwise to
remove it, then remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.
Front Side Marker Light: 3 W
Tab
Socket
Bulb
Driver side
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 571 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
572
uuReplacing Light BulbsuParking/Daytime Running Lights
Maintenance
3. Turn the socket clockwise to remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
*
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
Bulb
Socket
Passenger side
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 572 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
573
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Tail/Rear Side Marker Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and Back-Up Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Brake Light, Tail/Rear Side Marker Light, Rear Turn
Signal Light and Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver or socket to
remove the bolts.
2. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
3. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
5. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on
the body.
6. Align the pins with the body grommets,
then push in until they fully seat.
Brake Light: 21 W
Tail/Rear Side Marker Light: LED
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
Back-Up Light: 6 W
1Brake Light, Tail/Rear Side Marker Light, Rear Turn Signal Light
and Back-Up Light Bulbs
Tail/rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an
authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light
assembly.
Bolt
Bulb
Socket
Bulb
Socket
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 573 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
574
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillight
Maintenance
Taillight
Taillight is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light
assembly.
Rear License Plate Light
Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 574 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
575
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
.
2. While holding the wiper switch in the MIST
position, turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then to LOCK (0
*1
.
u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the
image.
3. Lift both wiper arms.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 575 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
576
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Press up on and hold the tab, then slide
the holder off the wiper arm.
5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
is out of the holder’s end cap.
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite
direction to slide it out of the holder.
Tab
Blade
End Cap At
The Bottom
Blade
Holder
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 576 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
577
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms.
11. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
and
hold the wiper switch in the MIST position
until both wiper arms return to the
standard position.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Cap
Blade
Holder
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 577 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
578
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and
comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified
pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare
*
. Even tires in good condition can lose 1-2 psi (10-20
kPa, 0.1-0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 583
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must
calibrate the TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 458
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before
long trips.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
U.S. models
Models with a spare tire
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 578 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
579
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P205/55 R16 89H
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
205: Tire width in millimeters.
55: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
16: Rim diameter in inches.
89: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
H: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 579 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
580
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 580 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
581
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 581 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
582
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 582 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
583
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare
*
, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 583 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
584
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 584 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
585
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information
interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 458
Front
Direction Mark
U.S. models
Front
Front
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 585 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
586
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the
law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 586 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
587
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Your vehicle’s tires are not suitable for mounting any traction device.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1034
Not recommended to use any type of chains
1Winter Tires
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
Models with 215/55R16 tires
Models with 215/50R17 tires
Models with 235/40R18 tires
Models without SPORT mode
Models with 235/40R18 tires
Models with SPORT mode
Models with SPORT mode
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 587 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
588
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the driver information interface will display a
warning message. If this happens, have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 215
• The clock resets.
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 134
•
The immobilizer system needs to be reset.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 87
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Canadian models only
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 588 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
589
uuBatteryuCharging the Battery
Maintenance
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
The Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
, Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
*
, Road
Departure Mitigation, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
*
, and Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) indicators may come on when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
after re-
connecting the battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/
h). The indicators should go off. If they do not, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE
START/STOP
button instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 589 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
590
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillips-
head screwdriver.
2. Open the remote transmitter.
u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratching the
transmitter.
3. Remove the button battery with the small
flat-tip screwdriver.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Master Keys with Remote Transmitter
*
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Screw
Battery type: CR1620
Battery
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 590 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
591
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Maintenance
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Smart Entry Remote
*
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 591 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
592
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Air Conditioning
NOTICE
Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
evaporator with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood:
2 Safety Labels P. 74
2 Specifications P. 648, 650
Canadian models
: Caution
: Flammable Refrigerant
: Requires Registered
Technician to Service
: Air Conditioning
System
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 592 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
593
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the loops of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Loop
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor
*
.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 593 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
594
Maintenance
The driver position and rear passenger side
floor mats hook over floor anchors, which
keep them from sliding forward. To remove a
mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the
unlock position. When reinstalling the mat
after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock
position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
Front (driver side)
Lock
Unlock
Rear (passenger side)
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 594 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
595
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you
find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Do not spray water onto the fuel fill door directly. A
high-pressure spray may cause it to open.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.
If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the
windshield, first set the wiper arms to the
maintenance position.
2 Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber P. 575
Air Intake Vents
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 595 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
596
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 596 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
597
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 597 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
598
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or
backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 638
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 598 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
599
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 599 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
600
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 600 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
601
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools.................................. 602
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
*
....................... 603
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
..... 610
Handling of the Jack......................... 622
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 623
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak .. 624
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 625
Jump Starting.................................... 626
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 629
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 630
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On ............................................. 632
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 632
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 633
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 634
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes
On ................................................. 635
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 636
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 637
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 638
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 641
Emergency Towing........................... 642
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Door................................................. 643
When You Cannot Open the Trunk
.....644
Refueling........................................... 645
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 601 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
602
Handling the Unexpected
Tools
Types of Tools
*1: 1.5 L engine models without SPORT mode
*2: 2.0 L engine models without 235/40R18 tire
*3: 1.5 L engine models with SPORT mode
*4: 2.0 L engine models with 235/40R18 tire
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the trunk.
Models with a compact spare tire
Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle
Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Funnel
*3, *4
*1, *2
Models with tire repair kit
Tire Repair Kit
Funnel
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 602 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
603
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
*
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Put the transmission into (R.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Changing a Flat Tire
*
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
All models
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 603 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
604
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack
handle bar out of the tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not mount the compact spare on the front. If
mounted on the front, the compact spare, smaller in
size than the full-size tire, may damage the
differential.
If either front tire goes flat, remove the rear tire on
the same side, and mount the compact spare on the
rear and the rear tire on the front.
The shape of the tool case varies by model.
Models with SPORT mode
Tool Case
Spare Tire
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 604 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
605
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 605 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
606
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•
Do not use while the engine is running.
•
Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•
Use only at the jacking points.
•
Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and no person should place any
portion of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
Jacking Points
Jacking Point
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 606 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
607
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 607 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
608
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely store the jack, wheel nut wrench,
and jack handle bar back in the tool case.
Store the case in the trunk.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Spacer Cone
Wing Bolt
For
compact
spare tire
For full-
size tire
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 608 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
609
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire
Pressure Monitor Problem will appear on the driver information interface and the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on; however, this is normal
and is no cause for concern.
Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 458
■
TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
U.S. models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 609 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
610
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Put the transmission into
(R.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to
have the vehicle towed.
•
The tire sealant has expired.
•
More than one tire is punctured.
•
The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4.8
mm).
•
The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
•
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.
•
The tire bead is no longer seated.
•
The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4.8 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4.8 mm)
No
Contact
Area
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 610 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
611
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
psi/kPa
p
si/kPa
Selector Knob
Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label
Pressure Relief Button
Inflator Switch
Instruction Manual
REPAIR Side
Sealant/Air Hose
AIR Side
Power Plug
Pressure Gauge
Tire Sealant
Expiration Date
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 611 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
612
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2. Take the kit out of the case.
3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Tire Repair Kit
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 612 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
613
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
Tire Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/
Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 613 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
614
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
2 Accessory Power Socket P. 196
5. Start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 435
u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 73
6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
REPAIR Side
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 614 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
615
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches to specified
pressure, turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
u Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label for
the specified pressure.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
12. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
Pressure Gauge
OFF
ON
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See a dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and
proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Sealant/Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Pressure Relief
Button
Repair Notification Label
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 615 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
616
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
Sealant/Air Hose
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 616 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
617
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
5. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 619
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
AIR Side
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 617 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
618
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have
your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 642
• Front: 33 psi (225 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down after the 10 minute driving, you do not
need to check the pressure any more.
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than front: 33 psi (225 kPa)/rear: 32
psi (220 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches front:
33 psi (225 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 619
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as long as the air pressure is within this range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
9. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 618 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
619
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 611
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Sealant/Air
Hose
Valve Cap
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 619 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
620
Handling the Unexpected
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
2 Accessory Power Socket P. 196
8. Start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 435
u Keep the engine running while injecting
air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 73
9. Turn the selector Knob to AIR.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
AIR Side
ON
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 620 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
621
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 621 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
622
Handling the Unexpected
Handling of the Jack
Your vehicle has jacking points as shown.
When replacing your tires, consult a dealer.
Models with tire repair kit
Jacking Points
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 622 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
623
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
If a message To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button appears on the driver information
interface, or you hear beeping when you push the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 624
uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 161
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
●
If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 588
●
If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 638
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 432, 435
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 153
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 110
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 641
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 642
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 626
Models with smart entry system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 623 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
624
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface, and the ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes, and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows:
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the smart
entry remote while the ENGINE START/
STOP button is flashing. The buttons on
the smart entry remote should be facing
you.
u The ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes for about 30 seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal (continuously
variable transmission) or clutch pedal
(manual transmission) and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
from flashing to on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
Models with smart entry system
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 624 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
625
uu
Engine Does Not Start
u
Emergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place. With manual transmission models you can also downshift the
transmission to utilize engine braking.
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, put the transmission into
(P after the vehicle
comes to a complete stop.
Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake
pedal.
The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
Models with smart entry system
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine
to be turned off.
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving, the beeper sounds.
Continuously variable transmission models
Canadian continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 625 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
626
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Jump Starting Procedure
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15-
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster Battery
1.5 L engine models
2.0 L engine models
Booster Battery
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 626 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Continued
627
uuJump StartinguJump Starting Procedure
Handling the Unexpected
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
1Jump Starting
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
1.5 L engine models
2.0 L engine models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 627 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
uuJump StartinguJump Starting Procedure
628
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
1What to Do After the Engine Starts
The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
*
and Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) may come on after re-connecting
the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicators should go off. If they
do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 628 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
629
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.
3. Move the removable beverage holder tray
rearward.
2 Front seat beverage holders P. 194
4. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver to remove the cover of the
shift lock release slot. Put the tip of the flat-
tip screwdriver into the slot and remove it
as shown in the image.
5. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
6. While pushing the key in, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into
(N.
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■
Releasing the Lock
Continuously variable transmission models
Slot
Cover
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
Release
Button
Shift Lock
Release Slot
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 629 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
630
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge pointer is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
pointer at the mark may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 630 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
631
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge pointer comes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, or no coolant in the tank, check that
the radiator is cool. Cover the reserve
tank cap with a heavy cloth and open the
cap. Add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark, and put the cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge pointer has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the reserve tank cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the reserve tank
cap.
MAX
Reserve Tank
MIN
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 631 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
632
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 555
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop
the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 632 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
633
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 633 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
634
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
■ Reason for the indicator to blink
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 635
If you repeatedly operate the electric parking brake in
a short period of time, the brake stops operating to
prevent heating of the system and the indicator
blinks.
It returns to its original state in approximately one
minute.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 634 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
635
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On
■If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the
same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
release the parking brake manually or automatically.
2 Parking Brake P. 524
•If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at
the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer
immediately.
u Preventing the vehicle from moving
put the transmission into (P.
put the transmission into
(1 or (R.
•If only the brake system indicator (red) is turned off, avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
1
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able
to release it.
If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake
system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,
the parking brake is working.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work because it is
checking the system.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 635 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
636
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 636 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
637
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire
*
is
installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver-side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire
*
has triggered the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-
size tire. The indicator goes off after a while.
u Calibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled.
U.S. models
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 637 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
638
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to
open the box.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
−
*2
Adaptive Damper System
*3
(60 A)
60 A
Cooling Fan
*4
(30 A)
Cooling Fan
*5
(50 A)
− −
IG Main
*6
−
*7
30 A
−
Headlight High Beam Main 30 A
Battery 125 A
2
EPS 70 A
IG Main
30 A
*6
50 A
*7
Fuse Box Option
*
(40 A)
Fuse Box 60 A
Front Wiper Motor 30 A
Headlight Low Beam Main 30 A
3
Rear Defroster 40 A
Starter Motor
*6
−
*7
30 A
−
Fuse Box 40 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
ABS/VSA FSR 40 A
Blower Motor 40 A
*1:Models with the smart entry system have
an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Models without SPORT mode
*3:Models with SPORT mode
*4:2.0L engine models
*5:1.5L engine models
*6:Models with smart entry system
*7:Models without smart entry system
*8:Continuously variable transmission
models
4
−−
−−
−−
−−
5 Cooling Fan 5A
6Washer 15A
7 FI Main 15 A
8FI Sub 15A
9 Stop Lights 10 A
10 Injector
*5
(15 A)
11 LAF 5A
12 FI ECU 10 A
13 Parking Lights 10 A
14 Hazard 15 A
15 IG Coil 15 A
16 Transmission
*8
(15 A)
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 638 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
639
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
*2:Models without SPORT mode
*3:Models with SPORT mode
*5:1.5L engine models
Circuit Protected Amps
17 Daytime Running Lights 10 A
18 Back Up 10 A
19 Audio 15 A
20 Audio AMP
*
(30 A)
21 Interior Lights 10 A
22 Front Fog Lights
*
(15 A)
23 A/C Compressor (10 A)
24 Horn 10 A
25 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A
26 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A
27 VB ACT
*5
(10 A)
28 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
29 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
30 − −
31 − (15 A)
32 −
(20 A)
*2
−
*3
33
−
*2
Adaptive Damper System
*3
(20 A)
15 A
34 − −
35 − −
36 − −
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
■
Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Accessory 10 A
2
−
*1
Key Lock
*2
−
(5 A)
3 − −
4
Front Sensor Camera
*1
Transmission
*2, *3
(5 A)
(10 A)
5 Option 10 A
6 SRS Indicator 10 A
7 Meter 10 A
8 Fuel Pump 15 A
*1:Models with smart entry system
*2:Models without smart entry system
*3:Continuously variable transmission
models
9 AIRCON 10 A
10 − −
11 Engine Control 5A
12 Passenger Side Door Lock 10 A
13 − (10 A)
14 − (20 A)
15
Passenger’s Side Power
Window
20 A
16 Door Lock 20 A
17
Transmission
*1, *3
Front Sensor Camera
*2
(10 A)
(5 A)
18 − −
19 Moonroof
*
(20 A)
20 − −
21 ACG 10 A
22 Daytime Running Lights 10 A
23 − −
24 Front Sensor Camera (5 A)
25 Driver’s Door Lock 10 A
26
Passenger Side Door Unlock
10 A
27 − (20 A)
28 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 639 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
640
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
*1:Models with smart entry system
*2:Models without smart entry system
Circuit Protected Amps
29
Front Accessory Power
Socket
20 A
30
Smart Entry
*1
−
*2
10 A
−
31 − (20 A)
32 Front Seat Heater
*
(20 A)
33 − (20 A)
34 VSA/ABS 10 A
35 SRS 10 A
36 − −
37 − −
38 − (10 A)
39 Driver’s Door Unlock 10 A
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 640 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
641
uu
Fuses
u
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 641 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
642
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■ Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
Make sure the parking brake is released. If you
cannot release the parking brake, your vehicle must
be transported by the flat bed equipment.
2 Parking Brake P. 524
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 642 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
643
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the trunk.
2. Pull the yellow release cord beneath the
rear tray as shown.
u The release cord unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
■
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Release Cord
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 643 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
644
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Trunk
If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure.
1. Remove the cover with a key.
u Wrap a key with a cloth to prevent
scratching the cover.
2. Pull the release lever.
3. Replace the cover.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk
1When You Cannot Open the Trunk
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Trunk Release Cover
Trunk Release Lever
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 644 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
645
Handling the Unexpected
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to
make it pop up slightly.
u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the
trunk.
2 Types of Tools P. 602
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Funnel
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 645 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
646
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 646 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
647
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 648
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number ......................................... 652
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 653
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 654
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 655
Warranty Coverages ........................ 657
Authorized Manuals......................... 659
Customer Service Information......... 660
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 647 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
648
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
■ Air Conditioning
Model Civic
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Charge Quantity 13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g)
Lubricant Type RL85HM (POE)
Quantity 4.7 – 6.3 cu-in (77 – 103 cm
3
)
2.0 L engine models
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 121.76 cu-in (1,996 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK
DILKAR7H11GS
DILKAR7G11GS
DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 12.39 US gal (46.9 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 L)
■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam) 55 W (H11)
Headlights (High Beam) 60 W (HB3)
Fog Lights
*
35 W (H8)
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Front Side Marker Lights 3 W
Front Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber)
Brake Lights 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber)
Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Back-Up Lights 6 W
Taillight LED
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Interior Lights
Map Lights 5 W
Ceiling Light 8 W
Vanity Mirror Lights
*
2 W
Glove Box Light LED
Trunk Light 5 W
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 648 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
649
uuSpecificationsu
Continued
Information
■ Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid
■ Continuously Variable Transmission
Fluid
*
■ Manual Transmission Fluid
*
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda HCF-2
Capacity Change 3.7 US qt (3.5 L)
Specified Honda MTF
Capacity Change 2.0 US qt (1.9 L)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
Change
including
filter
4.4 US qt (4.2 L)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.41 US gal (5.32 L)
(change including the remaining
0.2 US gal (0.75 L) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: Models with 215/55R16 tires
*2: Models with 235/40R18 tires
Regular
Size
215/55R16 93H
*1
235/40R18 91W
*2
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
Front
33 (220 [2.2])
*1
33 (225 [2.3])
*2
Rear 32 (220 [2.2])
*1, *2
Compact
Spare
Size
T125/80D16 97M
*1
T125/70R17 98M
*2
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
16 x 7J
*1
18 x 8J
*2
Compact Spare
16 x 4T
*1
17 x 4T
*2
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 649 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
650
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Vehicle Specifications
■ Air Conditioning
Model Civic
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Charge Quantity 13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g)
Lubricant Type RL85HM (POE)
Quantity 4.7 – 6.3 cu-in (77 – 103 cm
3
)
1.5 L engine models
■ Engine Specifications
*1: Models without SPORT mode
*2: Models with SPORT mode
■ Fuel
*1: Models without SPORT mode
*2: Models with SPORT mode
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 91.38 cu-in (1,498 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK
NGK
ILZKAR8H8S
*1
ILZKAR8J8SY
*2
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
*1
Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane
number of 91 or higher
*2
Fuel Tank Capacity 12.39 US gal (46.9 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 L)
■ Light Bulbs
*1: Models with 215/50R17 tires
*2: Models with 235/40R18 tires
*3: Models without SPORT mode except Canadian TOURING
*4: Models with SPORT mode and Canadian TOURING
Headlights (Low Beam)
55 W (H11)
*1
LED
*2
Headlights (High Beam)
60 W (HB3)
*1
LED
*2
Fog Lights
35 W (H8)
*3
LED
*4
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Front Side Marker Lights 3 W
Front Turn Signal Lights
21 W (Amber)
*1
LED
*2
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
*
LED
Brake Lights 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber)
Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Back-Up Lights 6 W
Taillight LED
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Interior Lights
Map Lights 5 W
Ceiling Light 8 W
Vanity Mirror Lights
*
2 W
Glove Box Light LED
Trunk Light 5 W
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 650 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
651
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake/Clutch
*
Fluid
■ Continuously Variable Transmission
Fluid
*
■ Manual Transmission Fluid
*
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda HCF-2
Capacity Change 3.9 US qt (3.7 L)
Specified Honda MTF
Capacity Change 2.0 US qt (1.9 L)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
*1: Continuously variable transmission models
*2: Manual transmission models
Recommended
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 3.4 US qt (3.2 L)
Change
including
filter
3.7 US qt (3.5 L)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.34 US gal (5.09 L)
*1
(change including the remaining
0.2 US gal (0.75 L) in the reserve tank)
1.32 US gal (5.01 L)
*2
(change including the remaining
0.2 US gal (0.75 L) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: Continuously variable transmission models with halogen
headlights
*2: Continuously variable transmission models with LED headlights
*3: Manual transmission models
*4: U.S. manual transmission model with optional 235/40R18 95Y
tires
*5: U.S. manual transmission model with optional spare tire
*6: Canadian manual transmission model
Regular
Size
215/50R17 91H
*1
235/40R18 91W
*2, *3
235/40R18 95Y
*4
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
Front
32 (220 [2.2])
*1
33 (225 [2.3])
*2, *3, *4
Rear 32 (220 [2.2])
*1, *2, *3, *4
Compact
Spare
*
Size
T125/80D16 97M
*1
T125/70R17 98M
*2, *5, *6
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
17 x 7J
*1
18 x 8J
*2, *3, *4
Compact Spare
*
16 x 4T
*1
17 x 4T
*2, *5, *6
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 651 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
652
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification
Number
2.0 L engine models
1.5 L engine models
Continuously Variable
Transmission Number
*
Engine Number
Continuously Variable
Transmission Number
*
Manual Transmission
Number
*
Manual Transmission
Number
*
* Not available on all models
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 652 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
653
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements
and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 653 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
654
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 654 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
655
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P (continuously variable transmission) or (N (manual
transmission). Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there for about
3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 655 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
656
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D (continuously variable transmission) or 5th (manual transmission). Do not use
cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the
accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do
this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30
seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 656 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
657
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 657 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
658
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Director,
Light-Duty Vehicle Center,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Attention: Warranty Claim
2000 Traverwood Drive,
Ann Arbor, MI 48105;
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 658 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
659
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 659 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
660
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda
Customer Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 100-5E-8A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number P. 652
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 660 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
Index
661
Index
Index
Numbers
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode ................... 446
Operation ............................................... 447
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 530
Accelerator Position Meter ..................... 119
Accessories and Modifications ................ 598
Accessory Power Socket........................... 196
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC).......... 90, 494
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow .................................... 90, 478
Adaptive Damper System ........................ 453
Adding the Coolant ................................. 562
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 561
Engine Oil ............................................... 554
Washer ................................................... 565
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 554
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 189
Clock ...................................................... 134
Front Head Restraints.............................. 187
Front Seats.............................................. 181
Mirrors.................................................... 178
Rear Seats............................................... 184
Steering Wheel ....................................... 177
Temperature ........................................... 117
Adjusting the Clock ................................. 134
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 224, 259
Agile Handling Assist ............................... 456
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 202
Changing the Mode ................ 202, 203, 204
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 206
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 592
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 205
Sensors.................................................... 209
Synchronization Mode ............................. 208
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 202
Air Pressure ............................... 579, 649, 651
Airbags ........................................................ 46
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 52
After a Collision......................................... 49
Airbag Care............................................... 59
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 49
Indicator.............................................. 57, 82
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 58
Sensors...................................................... 46
Side Airbags .............................................. 53
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 55
AM/FM Radio .................................... 226, 266
Android Auto............................................ 303
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 530
Indicator.................................................... 82
Apple CarPlay ........................................... 300
Armrest ..................................................... 189
Audio Remote Controls ........................... 216
Audio System............................ 212, 219, 237
Adjusting the Sound........................ 224, 259
Audio/Information Screen................ 220, 238
Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout .. 242
Changing the Screen Interface ................ 256
Closing Apps........................................... 258
Customizing the Meter............................ 243
Display Setup .................................. 225, 260
Error Messages........................................ 307
General Information ................................ 310
Home Screen........................................... 249
iPod ................................................ 228, 278
Limitations for Manual
Operation.............................. 261, 366, 393
Menu Customize..................................... 257
MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 231, 287
Reactivating ............................................ 215
Recommended Devices............................ 311
Remote Controls ..................................... 216
Security Code.......................................... 215
Selecting an Audio Source....................... 261
Status Area ............................................. 255
Theft Protection ...................................... 215
USB Flash Drives...................................... 311
USB Port(s) .............................................. 213
Wallpaper Setup.............................. 222, 247
Audio/Information Screen ............... 220, 238
Authorized Manuals ................................ 659
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 149
Customize....................................... 129, 360
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 661 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
662
Index
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 170
Indicator.................................................... 82
Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 527
Indicator............................................ 78, 527
Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator............................................ 78, 527
Automatic Lighting .................................. 167
Average Fuel Economy............................. 116
Average Speed.......................................... 116
B
Battery....................................................... 588
Charging System Indicator ................. 79, 632
Jump Starting .......................................... 626
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 588
Maintenance (Replacing).......................... 590
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 38
Beverage Holders...................................... 194
Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 234, 290
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ............. 365, 391
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 72
Brake System............................................. 524
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 530
Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 527
Brake Assist System ................................. 531
Fluid ........................................................ 564
Foot Brake ............................................... 526
Indicator (Amber)............................... 77, 635
Indicator (Red) ........................... 76, 634, 635
Parking Brake .......................................... 524
Braking Pressure Meter............................ 119
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 176
Built-in Key ............................................... 136
Bulb Replacement .................................... 566
Brake Lights, Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights,
Rear Turn Signal Lights and Back-Up
Lights .................................................... 573
Fog Lights ............................................... 568
Front Side Marker Lights.......................... 571
Front Turn Signal Lights........................... 570
Headlights............................................... 566
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 574
Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 572
Rear License Plate Light ........................... 574
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights .................................................... 572
Taillight ................................................... 574
Bulb Specifications ........................... 648, 650
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 73
Carrying Cargo ................................. 427, 429
Certification Label.................................... 652
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 566
Charging System Indicator................. 79, 632
Child Safety................................................. 60
Emergency Trunk Opener ........................ 152
Child Seat.................................................... 60
Booster Seats ............................................ 72
Child Seat for Infants................................. 62
Child Seat for Small Children .................... 63
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 67
Larger Children ......................................... 71
Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 62
Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 64
Using a Tether .......................................... 69
Cleaning the Exterior............................... 595
Cleaning the Interior ............................... 593
Climate Control System ........................... 202
Changing the Mode................ 202, 203, 204
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 206
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 592
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 205
Sensors ................................................... 209
Synchronization Mode ............................ 208
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 202
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
) ................................................ 468
Coat Hooks ............................................... 200
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 468
Compact Spare Tire.................. 603, 649, 651
Console Compartment............................. 193
Continuously Variable Transmission
Creeping................................................. 441
Fluid ....................................................... 563
Kickdown ............................................... 441
Operating the Shift Lever ................ 443, 445
Shift Lever Does Not Move...................... 629
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 662 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
663
Index
Shifting........................................... 442, 444
Controls .................................................... 133
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 561
Adding the Coolant ................................ 562
Overheating............................................ 630
Creeping (Continuously Variable
Transmission).......................................... 441
Cup Holders.............................................. 194
Customer Service Information ................ 660
Customized Features ............... 123, 328, 335
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 169
Dead Battery ............................................ 626
Defaulting All the Settings...................... 361
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows................................................. 206
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 653
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 166
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 178
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 555
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 165
Display Setup.................................... 225, 260
Display/Information Button ............ 113, 238
Door Mirrors............................................. 180
Doors ........................................................ 136
Auto Door Locking.................................. 149
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 149
Door Open Message ........................... 37, 94
Keys ........................................................ 136
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside..................................................... 146
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 139
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 581
Driver Information Interface ................... 112
Warning and Information Messages .......... 94
Driving....................................................... 425
Braking.................................................... 524
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 441
Shifting Gear ........................................... 448
Shifting Position .............................. 442, 444
Starting the Engine .......................... 432, 435
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 592
E
Eco Assist® System ........................................ 9
ECON Button............................................. 452
Elapsed Time............................................. 116
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 84, 636
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 454
Emergency ................................................ 642
Emergency Engine Stop ........................... 625
Emergency Trunk Opener ................ 152, 644
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 655
Engine
Coolant ................................................... 561
Jump Starting .......................................... 626
Oil........................................................... 554
Starting........................................... 432, 435
Switch Buzzer.......................................... 160
Engine Coolant......................................... 561
Adding the Coolant................................. 562
Overheating ............................................ 630
Temperature Gauge ................................ 110
Engine Oil ................................................. 554
Adding.................................................... 557
Checking................................................. 555
Displaying Maintenance Minder
Information ........................................... 546
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 79, 632
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 554
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 161
EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ...... 636
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 73
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 595
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 180
F
Features .................................................... 211
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 592
Oil........................................................... 558
Flat Tire..................................................... 603
Floor Mats................................................. 594
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 663 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
664
Index
Fluids
Brake/Clutch............................................ 564
Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) ..................................................... 563
Engine Coolant........................................ 561
Manual Transmission ............................... 563
Windshield Washer.................................. 565
FM/AM Radio .................................... 226, 266
Fog Light Indicator ..................................... 86
Folding Down the Rear Seats................... 185
Foot Brake................................................. 526
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 49
Front Head Restraints............................... 187
Front Seats ................................................ 181
Adjusting................................................. 182
Front Sensor Camera ................................ 521
Fuel...................................................... 24, 536
Economy ................................................. 539
Gauge ..................................................... 110
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 117
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 82
Range...................................................... 116
Recommendation .................................... 536
Refueling......................................... 536, 645
Fuel Economy............................................ 539
Fuel Fill Door............................... 24, 537, 643
Fuses .......................................................... 638
Inspecting and Changing......................... 641
Locations ......................................... 638, 639
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 539
Gauge..................................................... 110
Information ............................................. 536
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 117
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 82
Refueling......................................... 536, 645
Gauges ...................................................... 110
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Manual Transmission............................... 448
Glass (care)........................................ 593, 596
Glove Box.................................................. 192
G-Meter..................................................... 119
H
Halogen Bulbs .................................. 566, 569
Handling of the Jack ................................ 622
Handling the Unexpected........................ 601
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 365, 391
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and
Call History.................................... 380, 404
Automatic Transferring............................ 377
Displaying Messages................................ 418
HFL Buttons..................................... 365, 391
HFL Menus ...................................... 367, 394
HFL Status Display ........................... 366, 393
In Case of Emergency.............................. 422
Limitations for Manual Operation .... 366, 393
Making a Call.................................. 385, 412
Options During a Call...................... 390, 415
Phone Setup ................................... 371, 399
Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 408
Receiving a Call............................... 389, 415
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message ............. 416
Ring Tone ....................................... 378, 403
Selecting a Mail Account......................... 417
Speed Dial ...................................... 381, 405
To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options .. 402
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
HD Radio
TM
............................................... 267
Headlights ................................................ 166
Aiming.................................................... 566
Auto High-Beam ..................................... 170
Automatic Operation .............................. 167
Dimming......................................... 166, 169
Operating ............................................... 166
Heaters (Seat)........................................... 201
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) ...................... 365, 391
High Beam Indicator.................................. 86
Hill Start Assist System..................... 434, 439
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 362
Honda App License Agreement .............. 312
Honda Sensing® ................................. 25, 465
HondaLink® .............................................. 292
I
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification............................... 652
Ignition Switch ......................................... 160
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 664 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
665
Index
Illumination Control
Knob ...................................................... 176
Immobilizer System.................................. 153
Indicator ............................................. 87, 88
Indicators.................................................... 76
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC).......... 90, 495
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow .................................. 90, 479
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 82
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 82
Automatic Brake Hold....................... 78, 527
Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 78, 527
Charging System............................... 79, 632
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) .......................................... 92, 93
ECON Mode ..................................... 88, 452
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System ............................................ 84, 636
Fog Light .................................................. 86
High Beam................................................ 86
Immobilizer System ............................. 87, 88
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ... 91, 511
Lights On .................................................. 86
Low Fuel ................................................... 82
Low Oil Pressure ............................... 79, 632
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS .... 85, 457, 461, 637
M (7-speed manual shift mode)
Indicator/Shift ................................. 80, 445
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 79, 633
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) .................................... 77, 78, 635
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Red)........................................ 76, 634, 635
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)........ 88, 89
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 40, 81
Security System Alarm ............................... 88
Shift Down ........................................ 80, 449
Shift Lever Position .................... 80, 443, 445
Shift Up............................................. 80, 449
SPORT Mode ..................................... 84, 451
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 57, 82
System Message ........................................ 86
Transmission System.................................. 80
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning ............... 86
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF .... 83, 455
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
System............................................. 83, 454
Information............................................... 647
Instant Fuel Economy ............................... 117
Instrument Panel ........................................ 75
Brightness Control................................... 176
Interior Lights ........................................... 190
Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 178
iPod ................................................... 228, 278
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 606
Jump Starting ........................................... 626
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 137
Keys........................................................... 136
Number Tag............................................ 137
Remote Transmitter................................. 143
Types and Functions................................ 136
Won’t Turn ............................................... 28
Kickdown (Continuously Variable
Transmission) .......................................... 441
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)......... 509
LaneWatch
TM
............................................ 463
LATCH (Child Seats).................................... 65
Lights................................................. 166, 566
Auto High-Beam ..................................... 170
Automatic............................................... 167
Bulb Replacement ................................... 566
Daytime Running Lights........................... 169
Fog Lights ............................................... 169
High Beam Indicator.................................. 86
Interior.................................................... 190
Light Switches......................................... 166
Lights On Indicator .................................... 86
Turn Signals ............................................ 165
Limited Slip Differential (LSD)................. 456
Load Limits................................................ 429
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 665 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
666
Index
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 136
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 149
From Inside.............................................. 146
From Outside........................................... 139
Keys ........................................................ 136
Using a Key ............................................. 144
Low Battery Charge.................................. 632
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 82
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 79, 632
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength................................................... 138
Lower Anchors............................................ 65
Lubricant Specifications Chart ......... 648, 650
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 429
M
Maintenance............................................. 541
Adding the Coolant................................. 562
Battery..................................................... 588
Brake/Clutch Fluid.................................... 564
Cleaning.................................................. 593
Climate Control System ........................... 592
Coolant ................................................... 561
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 545
Oil ........................................................... 555
Precautions.............................................. 542
Remote Transmitter ................................. 590
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 566
Safety...................................................... 543
Service Items............................................ 548
Tires ........................................................ 578
Transmission Fluid ................................... 563
Under the Hood ...................................... 551
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 79, 633
Manual Transmission ............................... 448
Map Lights................................................ 191
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 429
Meters, Gauges......................................... 110
Mirrors ...................................................... 178
Adjusting ................................................ 178
Door ....................................................... 180
Exterior ................................................... 180
Interior Rearview ..................................... 178
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 598
Moonroof ................................................. 159
MP3 ................................................... 231, 287
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 534
N
Numbers (Identification).......................... 652
O
Odometer ................................................. 115
Oil (Engine)............................................... 554
Adding.................................................... 557
Checking................................................. 555
Displaying Maintenance Minder
Information ........................................... 546
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 79, 632
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 554
Viscosity.................................................. 554
Open Source Licenses .............................. 326
Opening
Trunk...................................................... 644
Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 553
Moonroof ............................................... 159
Power Windows...................................... 156
Trunk...................................................... 150
Outside Temperature Display ................. 117
Overheating ............................................. 630
P
Paddle Shifters
(7-Speed Manual Shift Mode) ............... 446
Pandora® .................................................. 285
Panic Mode............................................... 155
Parking ..................................................... 532
Parking Brake........................................... 524
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
(Amber)....................................... 77, 78, 635
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
(Red).......................................... 76, 634, 635
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 58
Passing Indicators..................................... 166
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ............... 234, 290
Power Windows ....................................... 156
Precautions While Driving
Rain ........................................................ 440
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 666 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
667
Index
Pregnant Women....................................... 44
Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 603
R
Radio (FM/AM) ................................. 226, 266
Radio (SiriusXM®)..................................... 270
Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 227, 268
Range........................................................ 116
RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 227, 268
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 655
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button..................................................... 175
Rear Seat Access....................................... 184
Rear Seats (Folding Down) ...................... 185
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 178
Refueling .................................................. 536
Fuel Gauge ............................................. 110
Gasoline ......................... 536, 645, 648, 650
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 82
Regulations .............................. 461, 581, 653
Remote Transmitter................................. 143
Replacement
Battery.................................................... 590
Bulbs ...................................................... 566
Fuses .............................................. 638, 639
Tires........................................................ 584
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 575
Reporting Safety Defects......................... 654
Resetting a Trip Meter............................. 115
Rev Indicators........................................... 120
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 517
On and Off.............................................. 518
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 33
Safety Check ............................................... 37
Safety Labels ............................................... 74
Safety Message ............................................. 1
Seat Belts..................................................... 38
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 41
Checking................................................... 45
Fastening................................................... 42
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt .................................................. 67
Pregnant Women ...................................... 44
Reminder................................................... 40
Warning Indicator................................ 40, 81
Seat Heaters.............................................. 201
Seats .......................................................... 181
Adjusting................................................. 181
Front Seats .............................................. 181
Rear Seat Access...................................... 184
Rear Seats ............................................... 184
Seat Heaters ............................................ 201
Security System ......................................... 153
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 88
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 64
Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 219
Setting the Clock ...................................... 134
Shift Lever........................... 22, 442, 444, 448
Releasing................................................. 629
Won’t Move............................................ 629
Shift Lever Position Indicator .... 80, 443, 445
Shift Up Backlight/Shift Up Alarm........... 111
Shifting (Transmission)............. 442, 444, 448
Side Airbags................................................ 53
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 55
Siri Eyes Free............................................. 299
SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 270
Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System ..................................................... 139
Snow Tires................................................. 586
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV).............................. 281
Spare Tire.................................. 603, 649, 651
Spark Plugs ....................................... 648, 650
Specifications............................................ 648
Specified Fuel ........................... 536, 648, 650
Speedometer ............................................ 110
SPORT Mode ............................................. 451
SPORT Mode Indicator ....................... 84, 451
SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 49
Starting the Engine.......................... 432, 435
Does Not Start......................................... 623
Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 160
Jump Starting.......................................... 626
Steering Wheel
Adjusting ................................................ 177
Stopping ................................................... 532
Stopwatch................................................. 121
Summer Tires ............................................ 587
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 667 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
668
Index
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 49
Switches
(Around the Steering Wheel)......... 4, 5, 160
System Message Indicator.......................... 86
T
Tachometer............................................... 110
Temperature
Gauge ..................................................... 110
Outside Temperature Display ................... 117
Temperature Sensor ................................. 117
Temporary Repair Kit (TRK) ..................... 610
Time (Setting) ........................................... 134
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)...................................................... 457
Indicator............................................ 85, 637
Tires ........................................................... 578
Air Pressure ............................. 579, 649, 651
Checking and Maintaining....................... 578
Inspection................................................ 578
Labeling................................................... 579
Puncture (Flat Tire)................................... 603
Regulations.............................................. 581
Rotation .................................................. 585
Spare Tire ................................ 603, 649, 651
Summer................................................... 587
Temporary Repair Kit (TRK) ...................... 610
Tire Chains .............................................. 586
Wear Indicators ....................................... 583
Winter..................................................... 586
Tools.......................................................... 602
Towing Your Vehicle................................ 431
Emergency .............................................. 642
TPMS
(Tire Pressure Monitoring System) ........ 457
Indicator............................................ 85, 637
Transmission ..................... 441, 442, 444, 448
Continuously Variable
Transmission.......................... 441, 442, 444
Fluid........................................................ 563
Manual ................................................... 448
Shift Lever Position Indicator...... 80, 443, 445
TRIP Knob ................................................. 115
Trip Meter................................................. 115
TRK (Temporary Repair Kit)..................... 610
Troubleshooting....................................... 601
Blown Fuse...................................... 638, 639
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 29
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 29
Emergency Towing.................................. 642
Engine Won’t Start.................................. 623
Noise When Braking.................................. 30
Overheating ............................................ 630
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 603
Shift Lever Won’t Move........................... 629
Warning Indicators .................................... 76
Trunk......................................................... 150
Lid........................................................... 150
Light Bulb........................................ 648, 650
Release Lever........................................... 644
Unable to Open....................................... 644
Turbo Engine Vehicle .............................. 540
Turbo Meter ............................................. 117
Turn Signals.............................................. 165
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 86
U
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 139
Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ..... 146
USB Adapter Cable .................................. 212
USB Flash Drives ....................... 231, 287, 311
USB Port(s)................................................ 213
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button
Start System............................................ 139
V
Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 7
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 652
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) ............... 454
Off Button .............................................. 455
Off Indicator ............................................. 83
System Indicator ....................................... 83
Viscosity (Oil)............................ 554, 649, 651
Voice Control Operation ......................... 262
Audio Commands................................... 264
Climate Control Commands.................... 265
General Commands ................................ 265
Music Search Commands........................ 265
On Screen Commands ............................ 265
Phone Commands .................................. 264
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 668 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
669
Index
Useful Commands .................................. 264
Voice Portal Screen ................................. 263
Voice Recognition ................................... 262
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist®) ............... 454
W
Wallpaper......................................... 222, 247
Warning and Information Messages ........ 94
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 632
Warning Labels .......................................... 74
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 657
Watts ................................................ 648, 650
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 583
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)........... 606
Wi-Fi Connection ..................................... 297
Window Washers ..................................... 173
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 565
Switch .................................................... 173
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 156
Windshield ............................................... 173
Cleaning ......................................... 593, 596
Defrosting/Defogging ............................. 206
Washer Fluid........................................... 565
Wiper Blades........................................... 575
Wipers and Washers ............................... 173
Winter Tires
Snow Tires .............................................. 586
Tire Chains.............................................. 586
Wipers and Washers................................. 173
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 575
Wireless Charger....................................... 197
WMA ................................................. 231, 287
Worn Tires................................................. 578
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 669 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 670 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 671 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
20 CIVIC 2D HCM (KA KL KC)-31TBG6400.book 672 ページ ２０１９年６月４日 火曜日 午前８時３２分
owners.honda.com (U.S.)
honda.ca (Canada)
2020 Honda Civic Coupe Owner’s Manual
© 2019 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
31TBG640
OM-11333
00X31-TBG-6400 Printed in U.S.A.
